© Siemens 2020

SINAMICS Drives

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter, Control Module

Catalog Edition
D 23.1 2020 [Link]/sinamics
 © Siemens 2020

Related catalogs
Motion Control Drives D 31.1 Industry Mall
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives Information and Ordering Platform
Built-In Units on the Internet:

E86060-K5531-A111-A1-7600 [Link]/industrymall

Motion Control Drives D 31.2

SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives
Distributed Inverters

E86060-K5531-A121-A1-7600

SINAMICS G130 D 11
Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150
Drive Converter Cabinet Units

E86060-K5511-A101-A6-7600

SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150 D 12

Medium-Voltage Converters

E86060-K5512-A101-A3-7600

SINAMICS S120 D 21.3

Chassis Format Converter Units
Chassis-2 Format Converter Units
Cabinet Modules, Cabinet Modules-2
SINAMICS S150
Converter Cabinet Units
E86060-K5521-A131-A7-7600

DC motors DA 12
Sizes 160 to 630
31.5 kW to 1610 kW

E86060-K5312-A101-A2-7600

DC motors DA 12 T
Engineering information
for Catalog DA 12

E86060-T5312-A101-A2-7600

Motion Control System PM 21

SIMOTION
Equipment for Production Machines

E86060-K4921-A101-A4-7600

SITRAIN
Digital Industry Academy

[Link]/sitrain
 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter, Control Module
SINAMICS Drives
Introduction
1

Highlights
2

DC Converter and Control Module

3
Catalog D 23.1 · 2020

Supersedes:
Catalog D 23.1 · 2014
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of Accessories and supplementary components
4
this catalog:
[Link]/industrymall

Please contact your local Siemens branch.

© Siemens 2020
Engineering information
5

Tools and engineering

6

Services and documentation

7

Appendix
8

The products and systems described in this catalog are distributed

under application of a certified quality management system in
accordance with EN ISO 9001.
 © Siemens 2020

Digital Enterprise
The building blocks that ensure
everything works together
perfectly in the digital enterprise
Digitalization is already changing all areas of life and existing
business models. It is placing greater pressure on industry
while at the same time creating new business opportunities.
Today, thanks to scalable solutions from Siemens, companies
can already become a digital enterprise and ensure their
competitiveness.

Industry faces tremendous challenges

Reduce Boost Improve Boost Increase

time-to-market flexibility quality efficiency security

Today manufacturers Consumers want cus- To ensure a high level of Today the product itself Increasing networking
have to bring products to tomized products, but at quality while meeting needs to be sustainable escalates the threat to
market at an ever-increas- a price they would pay legal requirements, and environmentally production facilities
ing pace despite the for a mass-produced companies have to friendly, while energy of cyberattacks. Today
growing complexity of item. That only works establish closed quality efficiency in production more than ever, com-
these products. In the if production is more loops and enable the has become a competi- panies need suitable
past, a major manufac- flexible than ever traceability of products. tive advantage. security measures.
turer would push aside a before.
small one, but now it is a
fast manufacturer that
overtakes a slow one.

2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

The digital enterprise has already MindSphere Digital Plant

become a reality The cloud-based open IoT operating Learn more about the
To fully benefit from all the advantages of system from Siemens digital enterprise for the
digitalization, companies first have to With MindSphere, Siemens offers a cost- process industry
achieve complete consistency of their data. effective and scalable cloud platform as a [Link]/
Fully digitally integrated business processes, service (PaaS) for the development of appli- digitalplant
including those of suppliers, can help to cations. The platform, designed as an open
create a digital representation of the entire operating system for the Internet of Things,
value chain. This requires makes it possible to improve the efficiency Digital Enterprise Suite
of plants by collecting and analyzing large Learn more about the
• the integration of industrial software volumes of production data.
and automation, digital enterprise for the
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) discrete industry
• expansion of the communication net- [Link]/
Where digitalization becomes reality
works, digital-enterprise-suite
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) ensures
• security in automation, the seamless transition from the virtual to
the real world. It already encompasses all
• and the use of business-specific
the necessary conditions for transforming
industrial services.
the benefits of digitalization into true added
value. The data that will form the digital
twin for actual production is generated from
a common base.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3

 © Siemens 2020

Integrated Drive Systems

Faster on the market and in the black with Integrated Drive Systems
Integrated Drive Systems are Siemens’ trendsetting answer to the high The outcome is an optimal workflow – from engineering all the way to
degree of complexity that characterizes drive and automation technology service that entails more productivity, increased efficiency, and better
today. The world’s only true one-stop solution for entire drive systems is availability. That’s how Integrated Drive Systems reduce time to market
characterized in particular by its threefold integration: Horizontal, vertical, and time to profit.
and lifecycle integration ensure that every drive system component fits
seamlessly into the whole system, into any automation environment, and
even into the entire lifecycle of a plant.

Horizontal integration
Integrated drive portfolio: The core elements of a fully integrated drive
portfolio are frequency converters, motors, couplings, and gear units. You can boost the availability
At Siemens, they‘re all available from a single source. Perfectly integrated, of your application or plant
perfectly interacting. For all power and performance classes. As standard
to up to
solutions or fully customized. No other player in the market can offer a
comparable portfolio. Moreover, all Siemens drive components are
perfectly matched, so they are optimally interacting.

99% *
*e.g., conveyor application

Vertical integration
Thanks to vertical integration, the complete drive train is
seamlessly integrated in the entire automation environment – With TIA Portal you can
an important prerequisite for production with maximum cut your engineering time
value added. Integrated Drive Systems are part of Totally
Integrated Automation (TIA), which means that they
by up to
are perfectly embedded into the system architecture
of the entire industrial production process. This
enables optimal processes through maximum

30%
communication and control.

Lifecycle integration
Lifecycle integration adds the factor of time: Software and service
are available for the entire lifecycle of an Integrated Drive System. With Integrated Drive
That way, important optimization potential for maximum Systems you can reduce
productivity, increased efficiency, and highest availability
can be leveraged throughout the system’s lifecycle –
your maintenance costs
from planning, design, and engineering to operation, by up to
maintenance, and all the way even to
modernization.

With Integrated Drive Systems, assets

become important success factors. They
ensure shorter time to market, maximum
productivity and efficiency in operation,
and shorter time to profit.
15%
[Link]/ids

4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 1
© Siemens 2020

Introduction

1/2 The SINAMICS converter family

1/6 Converter selection

1/8 SINAMICS DCM series of converters

1/8 Overview

1/9 The system components of a DC drive

1/9 Overview

1/10 Selection of the system components

1/10 Configuration

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
The SINAMICS converter family
1 ■ Overview
Integration in automation

Management level Office environment: SIMATIC IT / COMOS...

Process control level Control center / control system:

SIMATIC PCS 7 / WINCC

Control level Automation systems / HMI:

SIMATIC / SIMOTION / SINUMERIK

Fieldbus

SINAMICS V SINAMICS V
SINAMICS V SINAMICS G SINAMICS G
SINAMICS G SINAMICS S SINAMICS S SINAMICS S

G_D011_EN_00337d
pumping
ventilating
compressing moving processing machining

Totally Integrated Automation and communication Application

SINAMICS is an integral component of the Siemens Totally SINAMICS is the comprehensive family of converters from
Integrated Automation concept. Integrated SINAMICS systems Siemens designed for industrial machine and plant construction.
covering configuration, data storage, and communication at SINAMICS offers solutions for all drive tasks:
automation level ensure low-maintenance solutions with the • Simple pump and fan applications in the process industry
SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK control systems.
• Complex single-motor drives in centrifuges, presses,
Depending on the application, the respective optimum extruders, elevators, as well as conveyor and transport
frequency converter can be selected and incorporated in the systems
automation concept. With this in mind, the converters are clearly • Drive line-ups in textile, plastic film and paper machines, as
subdivided into their different applications. A wide range of well as in rolling mill plants
communication options (depending on the converter type) are
available for establishing a communication link to the automation • Highly dynamic servo drives for machine tools, as well as
system: packaging and printing machines
• PROFINET
• PROFIBUS
• EtherNet/IP
• Modbus TCP
• Modbus RTU
• AS-Interface
• BACnet MS/TP

1/2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
The SINAMICS converter family

■ Overview
1
SINAMICS as part of the Siemens modular automation system

SIMOTION SINUMERIK SIMATIC

SINAMICS

SIMOGEAR SIMOTICS

G_D011_XX_00515b
Innovative, energy-efficient and reliable drive systems and Energy efficiency
applications as well as services for the entire drive train
Energy management process
The solutions for drive technology place great emphasis on the
highest productivity, energy efficiency and reliability for all Efficient energy management consultancy identifies the energy
torque ranges, performance and voltage classes. flows, determines the potential for making savings and
implements them with focused activities.
Siemens offers not only the right innovative frequency converter
for every drive application, but also a wide range of energy- Electric drives account for almost two thirds of industrial power
efficient low-voltage motors, geared motors, explosion- requirements. This makes it all the more important to use drive
protected motors and high-voltage motors for combination with technology permitting energy consumption to be reduced
SINAMICS. effectively even in the configuration phase, and consequently to
optimize plant availability and process stability. With SINAMICS,
Furthermore, Siemens supports its customers with global Siemens offers powerful energy-efficient solutions which,
pre-sales and after-sales services, with over 295 service points depending on the application, enable a significant reduction in
in 130 countries – and with special services such as application electricity costs.
consulting or motion control solutions.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 1/3

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
The SINAMICS converter family
1 ■ Overview
Up to 70 % potential for savings using variable-speed operation Regenerative feedback of braking energy
SINAMICS enables great potential for savings to be realized by In conventional drive systems, the energy produced during
controlling the motor speed. In particular, huge potential savings braking is converted to heat using braking resistors. Energy
can be recovered from pumps, fans and compressors which are produced during braking is efficiently recovered to the supply
operated with mechanical throttle and valves. Here, changing to system by versions of SINAMICS G and SINAMICS S converters
frequency converters results in enormous economic advan- with regenerative feedback capability and these devices do not
tages: In contrast to mechanical control systems, the power therefore need a braking resistor. This permits up to 60 % of the
consumption at partial load operation is always immediately energy requirement to be saved, e.g. in lifting applications.
adjusted to the demand at that time. So energy is no longer Energy that can be re-used elsewhere in the plant. Furthermore,
wasted, permitting savings of up to 60 % – in exceptional cases this reduced power loss simplifies the cooling of the system,
even up to 70 %. Frequency converters also offer clear advan- enabling a more compact design.
tages over mechanical control systems when it comes to main-
tenance and repair: Current spikes when powering up the motor Energy transparency in all configuration phases
and strong torque surges become things of the past – and the Already during configuration, the SIZER for Siemens Drives
same goes for pressure waves in piping systems, cavitation or configuration tool provides information about the specific energy
vibrations which cause lasting damage to the plant. Smooth requirement. The energy consumption across the entire drive
starting and ramp-down relieve the load on the mechanical train is visualized and compared with different plant concepts.
system, ensuring a significantly longer service life of the entire
drive train. SINAMICS in combination with energy-saving motors
The consistency of the engineering extends beyond the
SINAMICS family of converters to the higher-level automation
systems, as well as to a wide range of energy-efficient motors in
various performance classes, which are up to 10 % more
efficient than previous motors.
Variants
Depending on the area of application, the SINAMICS converter family offers an optimally tailored variant for any drive task.

Performance

SINAMICS V SINAMICS G SINAMICS S Price

SINAMICS V drives focus on SINAMICS G drives function perfectly for low SINAMICS S drives are predestined
the essentials both in terms of hardware and medium demands on the dynamic for demanding single - and multi-axis
and functionality. response of the control system. applications in machine and plant engineering
G_D011_EN_00449b

This results in a high degree of ruggedness as well as for numerous motion control tasks.
combined with lower investment costs.

1/4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
The SINAMICS converter family

■ Overview
1
Platform concept IDS – Integration at its very best
All SINAMICS variants are consistently based on a platform con- The Siemens Integrated Drive Systems (IDS) solution offers
cept. Common hardware and software components, as well as perfectly matched drive components with which you can meet
standardized tools for design, configuration and commissioning your requirements. The drive components reveal their true
tasks, ensure high-level integration across all components. strengths as an integrated drive system over the full range from
SINAMICS handles a wide variety of drive tasks without system engineering and commissioning through to operation:
gaps. The different SINAMICS variants can be easily combined Integrated system configuration is performed using the Drive
with each other. Technology Configurator: Just select a motor and a converter
and configure them with the SIZER for Siemens Drives
Quality management according to EN ISO 9001 configuring tool. The commissioning tools STARTER and
SINAMICS is able to meet the highest quality requirements. SINAMICS Startdrive simultaneously integrate the motor data
Comprehensive quality assurance measures in all development and facilitate efficient commissioning. Integrated drive systems
and production processes ensure a consistently high level of are incorporated in the TIA Portal – this simplifies engineering,
quality. commissioning, and diagnostics.
Of course, our quality management system is certified by an
independent authority in accordance with EN ISO 9001.

Direct Medium
Low voltage
voltage voltage

Standard performance Distributed Industry-specific Servo drives High performance DC Converters for
frequency converters frequency frequency converters frequency converters converters applications
converters with high
outputs

SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS SINAMICS
V20 G130 G110D G120X G180 V90 S110 S210 S120 S150 DCM GH150
G120C G150 G120D S120M DCP * GH180
G120 G110M GM150
SIMATIC SM150
ET 200pro FC-2 GL150
SL150
SM120CM

0.12 kW to 75 kW to 0.37 kW to 0.75 kW to 2.2 kW to 0.05 kW to 0.55 kW to 0.05 kW to 0.55 kW to 75 kW to 6 kW to 0.15 MW to

250 kW 2700 kW 7.5 kW 630 kW 6600 kW 7 kW 132 kW 7 kW 5700 kW 1200 kW 30 MW 85 MW
Pumps, Pumps, Conveyor Pumps, Pumps, Handling Single-axis Packaging Production Test bays, Rolling mill Pumps,
fans, fans, technology, fans, fans, machines, positioning machines, machines cross cutters, drives, fans,
compressors, compressors, single-axis compressors, compressors, packaging applications in handling (packaging, centrifuges wire-drawing compressors,
conveyor conveyor positioning building conveyor machines, machine and equipment, textile and machines, mixers,
belts, belts, applications management belts, automatic plant feed and printing extruders and extruders,
mixers, mixers, (G120D) systems, extruders, assembly engineering withdrawal machines, kneaders, mills,
mills, mills, process mixers, machines, devices, paper cableways crushers,
spinning extruders industry, mills, metal forming stacking units, machines, and lifts, rolling mills,
machines, HVAC, kneaders, machines, automatic plastic test bay drives conveyor
textile water/waste centrifuges, printing assembly processing technology,
machines, water separators machines, machines, machines), excavators,
* DC/DC
refrigerated industries winding and laboratory machine test bays,
controllers
display unwinding automation, tools, marine drives,
counters, units wood, glass plants, blast furnace
fitness and ceramics process lines fans,
equipment, industry, and rolling retrofit
ventilation digital printing mills, marine
systems, machines drives,
single-axis test bays
positioning
applications in
machine and
plant
engineering
Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalogs Catalog Catalog Catalogs
D 31.1 D 11 D 31.2 D 31.5 D 18.1 D 33 D 31.1 D 32 D 21.3, D 21.4 D 21.3 D 23.1 D 15.1, D 12
NC 62 * Industry Mall

Engineering tools (e.g. Drive Technology Configurator, SIZER for Siemens Drives, STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive)

G_D011_EN_00450o

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 1/5

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
Converter selection
1 ■ Overview
SINAMICS selection guide – typical applications
Application Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality
Continuous motion Non-continuous motion
Basic Medium High Basic Medium High

Pumping, Centrifugal pumps Centrifugal pumps Eccentric screw Hydraulic pumps Hydraulic pumps Descaling pumps
ventilating, Radial/axial fans Radial/axial fans pumps Metering pumps Metering pumps Hydraulic pumps
compressing Compressors Compressors
V20 G120X S120 G120 S110 S120
G120C G130/G150
G120X G180 1)

Moving Conveyor belts Conveyor belts Elevators Acceleration Acceleration Storage and retrieval
Roller conveyors Roller conveyors Container cranes conveyors conveyors machines
Chain conveyors Chain conveyors Mining hoists Storage and retrieval Storage and retrieval Robotics
Lifting/lowering Excavators for machines machines Pick & place
devices open-cast mining Cross-cutters Rotary indexing tables
Elevators Test bays Reel changers Cross-cutters
Escalators/moving Roll feeds
walkways Engagers/disengagers
Indoor cranes
Marine drives
Cable railways
V20 G120 S120 V90 S110 S120
G110D G120D S150 G120 S210 S210
G110M G130/G150 DCM G120D DCM DCM
G120C G180 1)
ET 200pro FC-2 2)
Processing Mills Mills Extruders Tubular bagging Tubular bagging Servo presses
Mixers Mixers Winders/unwinders machines machines Rolling mill drives
Kneaders Kneaders Lead/follower drives Single-axis motion Single-axis motion Multi-axis motion
Crushers Crushers Calenders control control control
Agitators Agitators Main press drives such as such as such as
Centrifuges Centrifuges Printing machines • position profiles • position profiles • multi-axis positioning
Extruders • path profiles • path profiles • cams
Rotary furnaces • interpolations
V20 G120 S120 V90 S110 S120
G120C G130/G150 S150 G120 S210 S210
G180 1) DCM DCM
Machining Main drives for Main drives for Main drives for Axis drives for Axis drives for Axis drives for
• turning • drilling • turning • turning • drilling • turning
• milling • sawing • milling • milling • sawing • milling
• drilling • drilling • drilling • drilling
• gear cutting • lasering
• grinding • gear cutting
• grinding
• nibbling and
punching
S110 S110 S120 S110 S110 S120
S120 S120

Using the SINAMICS selection guide • The application type is selected from the vertical column
- Pumping, ventilating, compressing
The varying range of demands on modern frequency converters - Moving
requires a large number of different types. Selecting the - Processing
optimum converter is becoming a significantly more complex - Machining
process. The application matrix shown simplifies this selection
process considerably by suggesting the ideal SINAMICS con- • The quality of the motion type is selected from the horizontal
verter for examples of typical applications and requirements. row
- Basic
- Medium
- High

1) 2)
Industry-specific converters. Information on the SIMATIC ET 200pro FC-2 frequency converter is
available in Catalog D 31.2 and at: [Link]/et200pro-fc

1/6 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
Converter selection

■ More information
1
More information about SINAMICS is available online at
[Link]/sinamics
Practical application examples and descriptions are available
on the Internet at
[Link]/sinamics-applications

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 1/7

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
SINAMICS DCM series of converters
1 ■ Overview
SINAMICS DC MASTER is the new generation of DC converters The DC Converter of the SINAMICS DC MASTER series
from Siemens. The name SINAMICS DC MASTER – briefly: combines the open-loop and closed-loop control and power
SINAMICS DCM – embodies the strengths of this new sections in one device. It especially sets itself apart as a result
generation. It combines the advantages of its predecessor of the compact, space-saving design.
SIMOREG DC-MASTER, with the advantages of the SINAMICS
family. The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel and the BOP20 Basic
Operator Panel can be used for commissioning and local
When it comes to quality, reliability and functionality, SINAMICS operation.
DC MASTER is not only on par with its predecessor - but
especially in the area of functionality - offers new features and The interfaces of the CUD and the number of digital inputs and
includes useful functions from its predecessor as standard. outputs can be supplemented using additional modules - such
as the TM15, TM31 and TM150 Terminal Modules.
SINAMICS DC MASTER is the new member of the SINAMICS
family that now makes many of the SINAMICS tools and compo- The components of a DC drive system and how these are logi-
nents known from AC technology available to DC technology. cally interlinked are shown in the following diagram. A flow dia-
gram on pages 1/10 and 1/11 provides support when selecting
As a scalable drive system, the SINAMICS DC MASTER series and dimensioning the required components.
of converters is convincing both for basic as well as demanding
applications. The DC Converter is equipped with a Standard
Control Unit (Standard CUD). The option of combining a
Standard CUD and Advanced CUD is used to address applica-
tions demanding a higher computational performance and more
interfaces.

1/8 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
The system components of a DC drive

■ Overview
1

Motors (see Catalog DA 12)

Motor-side components (see Catalogs D 23.1, LV 10.1)

Fuses
SICROWBAR DC
(for retrofit for motors with solid yoke
and single-phase operation)

SINAMICS DC MASTER components

SINAMICS DC MASTER Advanced CUD

SINAMICS accessories
For example:
Terminal Modules,
Sensor Module,
Advanced
Operator Panel,
PROFINET Board

Connection system

Line-side components (see Catalogs D 23.1, IC 10, LV 10.1)

For example:
Commutating reactor
Line fuses
Circuit breaker or contactor
Radio interference
G_D023_EN_00070c

suppression filter
SICROWBAR AC

3 AC line supply

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 1/9

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
Selection of the system components
1 ■ Configuration

Selection of a DC drive via the DT Configurator

[Link]

Catalog DA 12 – Page 3/2

Start of configuration
Catalog D 23.1 and DT Configurator

Catalog D 23.1
Motor selection according to the
requirements of the driven machine or
data of an existing motor

The following data must be specified by the customer:

• Rated input voltage and frequency
• DC armature voltage and current
• Duty cycle (customer-specific)
• Operating mode (two-quadrant / four-quadrant)
Selection of the SINAMICS DCM 1)
• DC field current
• Installation altitude
• Ambient temperature

The following options are recommended as standard:

• G00 3) –> Subsequent expandability (e.g. TM31) possible
Selection of the options 2) • G20–> PROFINET, SINAMICS Link, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
• S01–> Additional languages, long-term trace, basic software updates
• L15–> External sensor for ambient or inlet temperature

The following accessories are available:

• AOP30 – Page 4/2
• SMC10 – Page 4/4
• SMC30 – Page 4/5
• TM15 – Page 4/6
• TM31 – Page 4/8
Selection of the accessories 2) • TM150 – Page 4/11
• Semiconductor fuses 4) – Page 4/14
• Commutating reactors – Page 4/18
• Contactors, main switches and circuit breakers 5) – Page 4/24
• Radio interference suppression filters – Page 4/25
• Mounting kit to upgrade to IP20 - Page 4/13

SICROWBAR AC – Page 4/26

SICROWBAR DC – Page 4/29

End of configuration

1)
Pages 3/31 and 3/32 contain an overview of the article numbers.
2)
Page 3/33 contains an overview of the available options.
3)
Page 3/39 shows the interfaces of the CUD.
4)
Catalog LV 10.1 contains further information.
5)
Catalog IC 10 contains further information G_D023_EN_00095

1/10 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
Selection of the system components

■ Configuration
1

Migration from SIMOREG DC-MASTER to SINAMICS DCM

Migration procedure:
• Replace the converter according to the migration steps listed below.
• Use new accessories as specified: e.g. semiconductor fuses, commutating reactors, SICROWBAR
• Continue to use already existing components: e.g. converter transformers, smoothing reactors
• A SINAMICS DCM does not cause greater radio interference voltages than a SIMOREG DC-MASTER. It is not necessary
to retrofit the radio interference suppression filter as long as the plant operator does not impose higher requirements.

Start of migration

The article number and option details on

the nameplate are required for migration

Determine the article number using the

successor products specified in the list:

[Link]
ww/en/view/26117006

Determine the option details using the

successor options specified in the list:

[Link] The following options are recommended as standard:

ww/en/view/26117006 • G00 1) -> Subsequent expandability (e.g. TM31) possible
• G20 −> PROFINET, SINAMICS Link, EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
• S01 −> Additional languages, long-term trace, basic software updates
• L15 −> External sensor for ambient or inlet temperature
End of migration

1)
Page 3/39 shows the interfaces of the CUD.
G_D023_EN_00096

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 1/11

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Introduction
Notes
1

1/12 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 2
© Siemens 2020

Highlights

2/2 Overview
2/2 • The SINAMICS converter family
2/2 • PROFIBUS as standard,
PROFINET optional
2/2 • Variance of the Control Units
2/2 • Field power supply in line
with requirements
2/3 • 24 V DC electronics power supply
2/3 • Power section isolated with respect to
ground
2/3 • Functional Safety
2/3 • Free function blocks and
Drive Control Chart
2/3 • Expandable functionality using
SINAMICS components
2/3 • Single-phase connection possible
2/4 • Coated PCBs and nickel-plated
copper busbars
2/4 • Wide temperature range

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Highlights

■ Overview
SINAMICS DC MASTER is the drive system for basic applica- Variance of the Control Units
tions and demanding DC applications. The use in a wide range
of different sectors and complementary markets demands a
high degree of scalability and the ability to expand the converter
series over a wide range.
In order to be able to guarantee this versatile use, SINAMICS DC
2 MASTER has a whole raft of new features:
The SINAMICS converter family

In order to optimally fulfill the requirements relating to interfaces

and computational performance for technology functions, a
Standard or Advanced CUD or a combination can be selected.
It is also possible to use two CUDs to increase the performance
for technological open-loop and closed-loop control tasks.
This allows optimum adaptation to the wide range of require-
ments relating to drive technology and complementary markets
- both technically and economically.
SINAMICS DC MASTER is a member of the SINAMICS converter Field power supply in line with requirements
family. The individual SINAMICS versions are based on a
common platform, especially in the area of interfaces, tools and
operator control & monitoring. All of the SINAMICS drives
support the TIA philosophy and share common ways of
engineering, communication and data management with the
SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK automation systems from
Siemens. When using these systems, automation solutions can
be very simply generated using SINAMICS.
As a result of the standard and seamless integration into the
automation environment of Siemens, customers also profit from
faster engineering and commissioning of the complete machine
automation and drive technology. Further, training-related costs
are reduced and support, service & maintenance and spare
parts stocking are simplified.
With the introduction of SINAMICS DC MASTER, you have the
PROFIBUS as standard, PROFINET optional
option of selecting the optimum field power supply for your
particular requirements.
SINAMICS DC MASTER is always the optimum choice:
• For units without field (from a rated DC current of 60 A and
higher)
• For units with a 1Q field (with integrated free-wheeling circuit)
• For units with a 2Q field to actively reduce the current for
high-speed field current changes and integrated field
G_PM10_XX_00144 G_D211_XX_00050
overvoltage protection (from a rated DC current of 60 A and
higher)
For units from 1500 A and higher it is also possible to select a
version with 85 A rated field current in a 1Q or 2Q version instead
of the 40 A field power supply. It goes without saying that an
The units are equipped as standard with PROFIBUS - the external field power supply unit can also be connected - if the
industry standard. PROFINET or EtherNet/IP is also available as application demands it.
an option. Communication to other fieldbus systems can be
realized using external adapters.

2/2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Highlights

■ Overview
24 V DC electronics power supply Free function blocks and Drive Control Chart

The electronics power supply of the DC Converter will be A sufficient number of free function blocks for various applica-
available in two versions: tions is included as standard. Optionally, the functional scope
• For connection to 230 V/400 V AC or can be subsequently extended using free function blocks from
Drive Control Chart (DCC). This allows the drive to be optimally
• For connection to 24 V DC (protected against polarity adapted to the particular application - both technically and
reversal). economically.
Using a 24 V supply, a UPS function can be simply implemented Expandable functionality using SINAMICS components
– and therefore the availability of the plant or system increased.
The figure above shows a 24 V DC power supply SITOP smart.
Power section isolated with respect to ground
(floating voltage sensing)

Additional inputs and outputs are available by coupling supple-

mentary modules from the SINAMICS range to the DRIVE-CLiQ
interface (Advanced CUD). As a consequence, the flexibility
when engineering the plant or system is increased and at the
same time costs are optimized.
The power section voltage sensing inside the unit is floating with
respect to the electronics (electrically isolated). Single-phase connection possible
This is the reason that in the future it will not be necessary to
disconnect/connect the motor cable to measure the insulation
resistance of DC motors. In order to secure the availability of the
plant or system and to avoid severe damage to the motor, it is
absolutely mandatory that the insulation resistance of DC motors
is regularly checked. 1U1 1V1 1W1
G_D023_XX_00071

Functional Safety
With SINAMICS DCM, the safety requirement levels SIL 3 and
PL e in the entire performance range can now be achieved by M
"Functional Safety" with only one main contactor or circuit
breaker.
For units up to 125 A and up to 575 V AC, the full functionality is
In addition, control via a safety relay or F-PLC is necessary. available even when supplied through just two conductors. This
means, for example, that when retrofitting a converter with
single-phase connection, it is not necessary to make any
changes to the existing machine or plant - and the retrofitted
drive system can be integrated into state-of-the-art communica-
tion concepts (TIA).

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 2/3

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Highlights

■ Overview
Coated PCBs and nickel-plated copper busbars

PCBs coated on both sides and nickel-plated copper busbars

are two options to improve the reliability for increased degrees
of pollution and climatic stressing - as well as for increased
environmental stressing (e.g. for aggressive atmospheres).
Wide temperature range

Use in regions with high climatic stressing is made simpler as a

result of the -40 °C to +70 °C temperature range for storage and
transport.

2/4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 3
© Siemens 2020

DC Converter and Control Module

3/31 Selection and ordering data

3/2 General information
3/31 • DC Converters for two-quadrant operation
3/2 Overview
3/32 • DC Converters for four-quadrant operation
3/3 Benefits 3/33 Options
3/3 Application
3/33 • Available options
3/4 Function 3/34 • Option selection matrix
3/4 • Functions of the closed-loop control in 3/35 • Ordering examples
the armature circuit 3/36 • Description of options
3/6 • Functions of the closed-loop control in 3/39 Circuit diagrams
the field circuit
3/39 • Control Units
3/6 • Communication between drive
3/40 • DC Converters
components
3/41 • Assignment of terminals and connectors
3/8 • Single-phase connection
3/47 More information
3/8 • Coolant temperature and installation
altitude 3/47 • Free function blocks
3/9 More information 3/48 • Drive Control Chart (DCC)
3/9 • Documentation 3/48 • Power section and cooling
3/48 • Parameterizing devices
3/10 Functional Safety 3/49 • Closed-loop control and open-loop drive
control
3/11 DC Converter 3/50 • Optimization run
3/11 Overview 3/50 • Monitoring and diagnostics
3/11 Technical specifications 3/51 • Functions of the inputs and outputs
3/11 • General technical specifications 3/52 • Safety shutdown (E-STOP)
3/13 • SINAMICS DC MASTER converters 3/52 • Serial interfaces
for: 3/52 • Control terminal block
3/13 - 400 V 3 AC, 60 to 280 A, 3/53 • Interface to the motor
two-quadrant operation 3/53 • Siemens DC motors
3/14 - 400 V 3 AC, 400 to 1200 A,
two-quadrant operation 3/54 Control Module
3/15 - 400 V 3 AC, 1600 to 3000 A, 3/54 Application
two-quadrant operation 3/54 Design
3/16 - 480 V 3 AC, 60 to 280 A, 3/55 Technical specifications
two-quadrant operation 3/56 Selection and ordering data
3/17 - 480 V 3 AC, 450 to 1200 A, 3/56 Options
two-quadrant operation
3/57 Accessories
3/18 - 575 V 3 AC, 60 to 800 A,
3/58 Circuit diagrams
two-quadrant operation
3/19 - 575 V 3 AC, 1100 to 2800 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/20 - 690 V 3 AC, 720 to 2600 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/21 - 830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1900 A and
950 V 3 AC, 2200 A,
two-quadrant operation
3/22 - 400 V 3 AC, 15 to 125 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/23 - 400 V 3 AC, 210 to 850 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/24 - 400 V 3 AC, 1200 to 3000 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/25 - 480 V 3 AC, 15 to 210 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/26 - 480 V 3 AC, 280 to 1200 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/27 - 575 V 3 AC, 60 to 850 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/28 - 575 V 3 AC, 1100 to 2800 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/29 - 690 V 3 AC, 760 to 2600 A,
four-quadrant operation
3/30 - 830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1900 A and
950 V 3 AC, 2200 A,
four-quadrant operation

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
General information

■ Overview
The SINAMICS DC MASTER series of converters includes the
DC Converter and Control Module product versions.
The DC Converter includes built-in units for connection to a
three-phase supply. These are used to supply the armature and
field of variable-speed DC drives. The rated DC current range of
the units extends from 15 to 3000 A and can be increased by
connecting DC Converters in parallel.
Depending on the application, units for two-quadrant or four-
quadrant operation and with integrated field power section are
available. The units are autonomous as a result of the integrated
parameterizing device and do not require any additional equip-
ment for parameterization. All functions associated with open-
loop and closed-loop control, as well as all monitoring and
auxiliary functions, are handled by a microprocessor system.
Setpoints and actual values can either be entered as analog or
3 digital values.
The SINAMICS DC MASTER Control Module is the successor of
the SIMOREG CM and is mainly used to retrofit and modernize
SINAMICS DC MASTER converter DC drives.

SINAMICS DC MASTER converters are available in the following sizes (self-ventilated up to 125 A):

G_D023_XX_00067

DC Converter Control Module

Rated DC current
A
≤ 30 ≤ 280 ≤ 600 ≤ 850 ≤ 1200 ≤ 3000 –
Dimensions
(W × H × D)
mm
268 × 385 × 221 268 × 385 × 252 268 × 625 × 275 268 × 700 × 311 268 × 785 × 435 453 × 883 × 505 271 × 388 × 253

Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are

available on the Internet at
[Link]

3/2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
General information

■ Benefits
7 Less training time and costs and maximum number of 7 Easy commissioning and parameterization using interactive
identical parts through the extensive product range of the menus on the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel with
SINAMICS DC MASTER. graphics-capable, backlit LCD and plain-text display, or
The standard and seamless series of SINAMICS DC MASTER PC-supported using the STARTER commissioning tool (see
units addresses a wide current and voltage range. The series "Tools and engineering").
of units is designed for connection to three-phase line 7 Since the SINAMICS DC MASTER is already pre-configured at
supplies. Furthermore, the units can also be connected to the factory, no device-specific parameters need to be set at
single-phase line supplies up to and including a rated all. The device is adapted to the relevant application by
DC current of 125 A. parameters in a fully electronic process. The units do not
7 Flexible expandability regarding functionality and feature any potentiometers, switches, jumpers or DIP
performance. switches, which means that they can be put back into
The extensive product range and the many options allow the operation as soon as they have been serviced.
DC Converter to be optimally adapted to customer require- 7 During the complete production process, all of the
ments - both technically and economically. Different customer components are subject to comprehensive tests and checks.
requirements, the type and number of interfaces as well as the This guarantees a high functional safety.
computational performance and speed can be precisely
3
fulfilled by selecting between either a Standard CUD, an 7 Can be easily integrated into automation solutions, e.g. using
Advanced CUD or a combination of both. a standard PROFIBUS communication interface and various
analog and digital interfaces.
7 Plant and system availability are increased by being able to
quickly and simply replace components.
Replaceable components have been designed so that they
can be quickly and simply replaced. The spare parts that are
available can be viewed at any time, assigned to the serial
number of the unit.

■ Application
DC drive technology: Dynamic, rugged and cost-effective Main applications for DC drives include:
Depending on the application, DC drives are frequently the most • Rolling mill drives
favorably-priced drive solution. They have many advantages • Wire-drawing machines
when it comes to reliability, operator friendliness and operating • Extruders and kneaders
characteristics. Just as before, there are some good technical
and economic reasons for still using DC drives in many industrial • Presses
areas: • Elevators and cranes
• Favorably-priced four-quadrant operation • Cableways and lifts
• Continuous operation at a low speed • Mine hoists
• Full torque and low torque ripple even at low speeds • Test bay drives
• High starting torque
• High overload capability
• Wide speed control range with constant power
• Low space requirement and low weight
• Reliability

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/3

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
General information

■ Function
Function Description
Functions of the closed-loop control in the armature circuit
Speed setpoint The source of the speed setpoint and additional setpoints can be freely selected by making the appropriate parameter
settings:
• Entered using analog values 0 to ± 10 V, 0 to ± 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
• Entered via the PROFIBUS fieldbus interface, Ethernet interface for PROFINET (optional)
• Using the integrated motorized potentiometer
• Using binectors with the functions: Fixed setpoint, jogging, crawl
• Entered via serial interfaces of the SINAMICS DC MASTER
• Entered via supplementary modules
The scaling is realized so that 100 % setpoint (formed from the main setpoint and supplementary setpoints) corresponds
to the maximum motor speed.
The setpoint can be limited to a minimum and maximum value via a parameter or connector. Further, additional points
are provided in the firmware e.g. in order to be able to enter supplementary setpoints before or after the ramp-function
3 generator. The "setpoint enable function" can be selected using a binector. After a parameterizable filter function
(PT1 element), the summed setpoint is transferred to the setpoint input of the speed controller. In this case, the
ramp-function generator is also active.
Actual speed One of four sources can be selected as signal for the speed actual value.
• Analog tachometer
The voltage of the tachogenerator at maximum speed can be between 8 and 270 V. Adaptation to the voltage is realized
using parameters.
• Pulse encoder
The pulse encoder type, the number of pulses per revolution and the maximum speed are set using parameters.
Encoder signals (symmetrical: with additional, inverted track, unsymmetrical: referred to ground) up to a maximum
differential voltage of 27 V can be processed by the evaluation electronics.
The rated voltage range (5 or 15 V) for the encoder is selected via parameters. The power supply for the pulse encoder
can be taken from the DC Converter for a rated voltage of 15 V.
5 V encoders require an external power supply. The pulse encoder is evaluated across the three tracks:
Track 1, track 2 and zero mark. However, pulse encoders without zero mark can also be used. A position actual value
can be sensed using the zero mark. The maximum frequency of the encoder pulses can be 300 kHz. It is
recommended that pulse encoders with at least 1024 pulses per revolution are used (due to the smooth running
operation at low speeds).
• Operation without tachometer with EMF control
A speed actual value encoder is not required for closed-loop EMF control. In this case, the output voltage of the device
is measured in the DC converter. The measured armature voltage is compensated by the internal voltage drop across
the motor (IR compensation). The level of compensation is automatically determined during the current controller
optimization run. The accuracy of this control method, which is defined by the temperature-dependent change in the
motor armature circuit resistance, is approximately 5 %. We recommend that the current controller optimization run is
repeated when the motor is in the warm operating condition to achieve a higher degree of precision. The closed-loop
EMF control can be used if the requirements on the precision are not so high, if it is not possible to mount an encoder
and the motor is operated in the armature voltage control range.
Notice: In this mode, EMF-dependent field weakening is not possible.
• Freely selectable speed actual value signal
For this mode, any connector number can be selected as speed actual value signal.
This setting is especially selected if the speed actual value sensing is implemented on a supplementary technology
module.
Before the speed actual value is transferred to the speed controller, it can be smoothed using a parameterizable
smoothing element (PT1 element) and two adjustable bandstop filters. Bandstop filters are used primarily for the
purpose of filtering out resonant frequencies caused by mechanical resonance. The resonant frequency and the filter
quality factor can be set.
Ramp-function generator When there is a step change in the setpoint applied at its input, the ramp-function generator converts the setpoint into a
signal with a steady rate of rise. Ramp-up time and ramp-down time can be selected independently of one another. In
addition, the ramp-function generator has initial and final rounding-off (jerk limiting) that are effective at the beginning
and end of the ramp-up time.
All of the times for the ramp-function generator can be set independently of one another.
Three parameter sets are available for the ramp-function generator times; these can be selected via binary select inputs
or a serial interface (via binectors). The ramp-up function generator parameters can be switched over in operation.
In addition, a multiplication factor can be applied to the value of parameter set 1 via a connector (to change the
ramp-function generator data via a connector). When entering ramp-function generator times with the value zero, the
speed setpoint is directly input into the speed controller.

3/4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
General information

■ Function
Function Description
Functions of the closed-loop control in the armature circuit (continued)
Speed controller The speed controller compares the setpoint and actual value of the speed and if there is a deviation, enters an
appropriate current setpoint into the current controller (principle: Speed control with lower-level current controller).
The speed controller is implemented as PI controller with additional D component that can be selected. Further,
a switchable droop function can be parameterized. All of the controller parameters can be adjusted independently of
one another. The value for Kp (gain) can be adapted depending on a connector signal (external or internal).
In this case, the P gain of the speed controller can be adapted depending on the speed actual value, current actual
value, setpoint-actual value distance or the wound roll diameter. This can be pre-controlled in order to achieve a high
dynamic performance in the speed control loop. For this purpose, e.g. depending on the friction and the moment of
inertia of the drive, a torque setpoint signal can be added after the speed controller. The friction and moment of inertia
compensation are determined using an automatic optimization run.
The output quantity of the speed controller can be directly adjusted via parameter after the controller has been enabled.
Depending on the parameterization, the speed controller can be bypassed and the converter controlled either with
closed-loop torque or current control. In addition, it is also possible to switch between speed control/torque control in
operation using the "leading/following switchover" selection function. The function can be selected as binector using a
binary user-assignable terminal or a serial interface. The torque setpoint is input via a selectable connector and can
therefore come from an analog user-assignable terminal or via a serial interface. 3
A limiting controller is active when in the following drive state (torque or current controlled operation). In this case,
depending on a speed limit that can be selected using parameters, the limiting controller can intervene in order to
prevent the drive accelerating in an uncontrolled fashion. In this case, the drive is limited to an adjustable speed
deviation.
Torque limiting The speed controller output represents the torque setpoint or current setpoint depending on what has been
parameterized. In torque-controlled operation, the speed controller output is weighted with the machine flux Φ and
transferred to a current limiting stage as a current setpoint. Torque control is applied primarily in field weakening
operation in order to limit the maximum motor torque independent of the speed.
The following functions are available:
• Independent setting of positive and negative torque limits using parameters.
• Switchover of the torque limit using a binector as a function of a parameterizable switchover speed.
• Free input of a torque limit by means of a connector signal, e.g. via an analog input or via a serial interface.
The lowest specified quantity should always be effective as the actual torque limit. Additional torque setpoints can be
added after the torque limit.
Current limiting The current limit that can be adjusted after the torque limit is used to protect the converter and the motor. The lowest
specified quantity is always effective as the actual current limit.
The following current limit values can be set:
• Independent setting of positive and negative current limits using parameters (maximum motor current setting).
• Free input of a current limit using a connector, e.g. from an analog input or via a serial interface.
• Separate setting of current limit using parameters for stopping and quick stop.
• Speed-dependent current limiting: An automatically initiated, speed-dependent reduction of the current limit at high
speeds can be parameterized (commutation limit curve of the motor).
I2t monitoring of the power section: The thermal state of the thyristors is calculated for all current values. When the
thyristor limit temperature is reached, the unit responds as a function of parameter settings, i.e. the converter current is
reduced to the rated DC current or the unit is shut down with a fault message. This function is used to protect the
thyristors.
Current controller The current controller is implemented as PI controller with P gain and integral time that can be set independently from
one another. The P and I components can also be deactivated (pure P controller or pure I controller). The current actual
value is sensed using a current transformer on the three-phase side and is fed to the current controller via a load resistor
and rectification after analog-digital conversion. The resolution is 10 bits for the converter rated current. The current limit
output is used as current setpoint.
The current controller output transfers the firing angle to the gating unit - the pre-control function is effective in parallel.
Pre-control The pre-control in the current control loop improves the dynamic performance of the closed-loop control. This allows rise
times of between 6 and 9 ms in the current control loop. The pre-control is effective dependent on the current setpoint
and EMF of the motor and ensures - for intermittent and continuous current or when the torque direction is reversed - that
the required firing angle is quickly transferred as setpoint to the gating unit.
Auto-reversing module In conjunction with the current control loop, the auto-reversing module (only for units with four-quadrant drives) ensures
the logical sequence of all of the operations and processes required to change the torque direction. The torque direction
can also be disabled when required via parameter.
Gating unit The gating unit generates the firing pulses for the power section thyristors in synchronism with the line supply voltage.
The synchronization is independent of the rotating field and the electronics supply and is sensed at the power section.
The timing of the firing pulses is defined by the output values of the current controller and the pre-control. The firing angle
limit can be set using parameters.
In a frequency range from 45 to 65 Hz, the gating unit automatically adapts itself to the actual line frequency.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/5

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
General information

■ Function
Function Description
Functions of the closed-loop control in the field circuit
EMF controller The EMF controller compares the setpoint and actual value of the EMF (induced motor voltage) and enters the setpoint
for the field current controller. This therefore permits field weakening control that is dependent on the EMF.
The EMF controller operates as PI controller; P and I components can be adjusted independently of one another and/or
the controller can be operated as pure P controller or pure I controller. A pre-control function operates in parallel to the
EMF controller. Depending on the speed, it pre-controls the field current setpoint using an automatically recorded field
characteristic (refer to the optimization runs). There is an adding point after the EMF controller, where the supplementary
field current setpoints can be entered either via a connector, via an analog input or a serial interface. The limit is then
effective for the field current setpoint. In this case, the field current setpoint can be limited to a minimum and a maximum
value that can be set independently from one another. The limit is realized using a parameter or a connector.
The minimum for the upper limit or the maximum for the lower limit is effective.
Field current controller The field current controller is a PI controller – where Kp and Tn can be independently set. It can also be operated as pure
P and I controller. A pre-control function operates in parallel to the field current controller. This calculates and sets the
firing angle for the field circuit as a function of current setpoint and line supply voltage. The pre-control supports the
current controller and ensures that the field circuit has the appropriate dynamic performance.

3 Gating unit The gating unit generates the firing pulses for the power section thyristors in synchronism with the line supply voltage in
the field circuit. The synchronization is detected in the power section and is therefore independent of the electronics
power supply. The timing of the firing pulses is defined by the output values of the current controller and the pre-control.
The firing angle limit can be set using parameters. In a frequency range from 45 to 65 Hz, the gating unit automatically
adapts itself to the actual line supply voltage.
Communication between drive components
DRIVE-CLiQ Communication between SINAMICS components is realized using the standard internal SINAMICS interface
DRIVE-CLiQ (this is an abbreviation for Drive Component Link with IQ). This couples the Control Unit with the connected
drive components (e.g. DC Converter, Terminal Modules, etc.).
DRIVE-CLiQ provides standard digital interfaces for all SINAMICS drives. This permits modularization of the drive
functions and thus increased flexibility for customized solutions (allows power and intelligence to be separated).
The DRIVE-CLiQ hardware is based on the Industrial Ethernet standard and uses twisted-pair cables. The DRIVE-CLiQ
line provides the transmit and receive signals and also the 24 V power supply.
Setpoints and actual values, control commands, status feedback signals and electronic rating plate data of the drive
components are transferred via DRIVE-CLiQ. Only original Siemens cables must be used for DRIVE-CLiQ cables.
As a result of the special transfer and damping properties, only these cables can guarantee that the system functions
perfectly.
SINAMICS Link SINAMICS Link allows data to be directly exchanged between several (2 to 64) Control Units. A higher-level master is not
required.
The following Control Units support SINAMICS Link:
• CU320-2
• Advanced CUD
For use of SINAMICS Link, all of the Control Units must be equipped with the CBE20 Communication Board (option G20).
In addition, a memory card (options S01, S02) is required for the Advanced CUD. Communication can either be
synchronous (only CU320-2) or non-synchronous or a combination of both. Each participant can send and receive
up to 16 process data words.
For instance, SINAMICS Link can be used for the following applications:
• Torque distribution for n drives
• Setpoint cascading for n drives
• Load distribution of drives coupled through a material web
• Master/slave function
• Couplings between SINAMICS units

3/6 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
General information

■ Function
Function Description
Communication between drive components (continued)
OALINK OALINK (Open Application Link) allows two Control Units to exchange data directly. A higher-level master is not required.
The following Control Units support the OALINK:
• CU320-2
• Advanced CUD
The communication system is based on DRIVE-CLiQ which means that no hardware components other than the
DRIVE-CLiQ line are required. OALINK must be loaded as a technology package.
A software license is required when it is installed on the CU320-2. The article number for the Certificate of License (CoL)
is 6SL3077-0AA01-0AB0.
No license is required on the Control Unit CUD of the SINAMICS DC MASTER.

OALINK permits the cyclic transmission of a total of 120 words which can comprise the following data types:
• Integer16 (1 word)
• Integer32 (2 words)
• FloatingPoint32 (2 words)
3
For instance, OALINK can be used for the following applications:
• Torque distribution for n drives.
• Setpoint cascading for n drives.
• Load distribution of drives coupled through a material web
• Technology expansion for the SINAMICS DCM (CU320-2 as T400 substitute)
• Couplings between SINAMICS units

Overview, closed-loop control structure

1U1 1V1 1W1 3U1 3W1

Armature curr. actual value

Ia sensing
Speed
setpoint
processing Line zero
points Line analysis,
armature
n-set
alpha
M-set

Ia-set
n-set

Armature
Firing pulses,
Speed Torque/ Armature gating unit Armature
Ramp-function armature
control current current and auto- thyristor
generator limiting reversing bridge
control
module

EMF actual value Va and EMF

Firing pulses,
sensing Field
Speed actual value

field
thyristor
Line zero bridge
points Line analysis,
Shunt

field
EMF set

alpha
If-set

Closed-loop
1C 1D 3C 3D
EMF control
G_D023_EN_00015a

EMF setpoint Field current Field

processing (field control gating unit
weakening
control)

M
Field current actual value Field
I f sensing

Speed actual
value T
sensing
Armature
Analog tachome-
ter or pulse
encoder

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/7

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
General information

■ Function
Single-phase connection
For all DC Converters, the full functionality of the devices is In this B2 circuit, the line current is equal to the DC current in the
available even when supplied through only two conductors. armature circuit. All of the other line-side drive components
should be dimensioned according to this.
Further, due to the higher current ripple when compared to
six-pulse operation, a smoothing reactor must be provided in the
DC circuit. Please contact the motor manufacturer when
1U1 1V1 1W1 dimensioning the smoothing reactor.
The associated technical specifications of the three-phase
converter connected to a single phase can be found in section
G_D023_XX_00071

"Technical specifications" under DC Converter. (Compared to

three-phase operation, the rated DC current is derated by a
factor of 0.7.)
M
Rated output voltage for single-phase connection
3 This means that in a retrofit project, for example, a converter with
Line supply Maximum rated output voltage
for single-phase connection
a single-phase connection can be integrated into state-of-the-art
communication concepts (TIA) without requiring any changes to Two-quadrant operation Four-quadrant operation
the existing machine or plant. V V V
The unit is connected to the line supply via terminals 1U1 and 50 ... 230 180 160
1V1. It is mandatory that a single-phase commutating reactor or 50 ... 400 320 280
a transformer with 4 % uk is provided, which only supplies the
DC Converter involved. 50 ... 480 385 335
Commutating reactor and transformer should be selected 50 ... 575 460 400
according to the rated motor current of the armature circuit.
100 ... 690 550 480
100 ... 830 665 575
100 ... 950 760 660

Coolant temperature and installation altitude

Current derating
The permissible coolant temperatures and installation altitudes for SINAMICS DC MASTER as well as the associated maximum
permissible load of the DC Converters in continuous operation can be taken from the following table (the load is specified as a % of
the rated DC current).
Maximum permissible load of the DC Converter in continuous operation (the load is specified as a % of the rated DC current)
Installation altitude above sea level (the derating factors for values in between can be determined using linear interpolation.)
Ambient or 1000 m 2000 m 3000 m 4000 m 5000 m
coolant tem-
perature Units up to Units from Units up to Units from Units up to Units from Units up to Units from Units up to Units from
125 A 210 A and 125 A 210 A and 125 A 210 A and 125 A 210 A and 125 A 210 A and
higher higher higher higher higher
30 °C 98 % 96 % 88 % 86 % 78 % 78 % 70 %
35 °C 100 % 93 % 90 % 83 % 80 % 73 %
40 °C 94 % 88 % 84 % 78 %
45 °C 95 % 88 % 83 %
50 °C 94 % 90 % 82 % 78 %
55 °C 88 %

Voltage derating
The units can be operated up to an installation altitude of 4000 m
above sea level with the specified rated supply voltages. The
line supply voltages may have overvoltage category III with
respect to ground. For installation altitudes above 4000 m, in
some cases, it will be necessary to reduce the supply voltage or
ensure that overvoltage category II is maintained. Detailed
information is provided in the operating instructions.

3/8 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
General information

■ More information
Documentation
The technical documentation includes the following manuals:
• SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converter Operating Instructions
• SINAMICS DC MASTER Control Module Operating
Instructions
• List Manual (parameter list and function diagrams)
• Function Manual SINAMICS Free Function Blocks

The manuals include all of the data relevant to

SINAMICS DC MASTER units:
• Description
• Technical specifications
• Installation instructions
• Commissioning guide
3
• Maintenance information
• Function diagrams
• Description of faults and alarms
• Parameter list
• List of connectors and binectors
• Dimensional drawings

The documents are available under the following links:

SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converter Operating Instructions:
[Link]
SINAMICS DC MASTER Control Module Operating Instructions:
[Link]
List Manual (parameter list and function diagrams):
[Link]
Function Manual SINAMICS Free Function Blocks:
[Link]

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/9

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
Functional Safety

■ Overview
To ensure the functional safety of a machine or plant, the safety-
related parts of the protection and control devices must function
correctly and reliably. In addition, the systems must behave in
such a way that either the plant remains in a safe state, or it is
put into a safe state if a fault occurs. This requires the use of
specially qualified technology that meets the requirements of the
relevant standards. The requirements for achieving functional
safety are based on the following basic goals:
• Avoiding systematic faults
• Controlling systematic faults
• Controlling random faults or failures
The measure for the achieved functional safety is the probability
of dangerous failures, the fault tolerance and the quality that is
to be guaranteed as a result of freedom from systematic faults.
This is expressed in the standards by different terms:
3 In IEC 61508 by the "Safety Integrity Level (SIL)" and in
EN ISO 13849-1 by the "Performance Level" (PL) and
"Categories".
The classic safety-related functions comprise the functions:
• Shutdown
• Procedures in an emergency situation
• Preventing unintentional start-up
Previously, these functions have generally been implemented by
simple electromechanical components.
"Functional Safety" with SINAMICS DCM
With SINAMICS DCM, the safety requirement levels SIL 3 and
PL e in the entire performance range can now be achieved by
"Functional Safety" with only one main contactor or circuit
breaker.
In addition, control via a safety relay or F-PLC is necessary.
This provides a consistently uniform solution for safety require-
ments up to SIL 3 and PL e, which also permits considerable
savings in space, investment and service costs. The require-
ment levels covered are shown in the following table.
IEC 13849: IEC 61508:
PL SIL
PL e SIL 3
PL d SIL 2
PL c SIL 1
PL b
PL a –

Functional Safety with SINAMICS DCM comprises the following

safety functions as defined in IEC 61800-5-2:
• Safe Torque Off, STO
This safety subfunction corresponds to an uncontrolled
shutdown according to IEC 60204-1, stop category 0
• Safe Stop 1, SS1
This safety subfunction corresponds to a controlled shutdown
according to IEC 60204-1, stop category 1
Both safety functions have been tested and certified by
TÜV SÜD.

3/10 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Overview
The series of SINAMICS DC MASTER DC Converters includes
the following components:
• Electronics module with Control Unit (CUD) and slot for
expansion using another CUD (in a cradle that can be
swiveled out)
• Power section with thyristors in a fully-controlled three-phase
bridge circuit configuration (two-quadrant drive: B6C or
four-quadrant drive: (B6) A (B6) C) 2)
• Fan (up to 125 A: self-ventilated)
• Single-quadrant field power section with integrated
free-wheeling circuit (optionally, also without field or as
two-quadrant field for highly dynamic field current changes
with integrated field overvoltage protection)
• Electronics power supply
• Standard BOP20 operator panel (AOP30 Advanced Operator
Panel as accessory) 3
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Relevant standards
EN 50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations
EN 50274 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Protection against electric shock – Protection
against unintentional direct contact with hazardous live parts
EN 60146-1-1 Semiconductor converters: General requirements and line-commutated converters; specification
of basic requirements
EN 61800-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems, Part 1 – (DC drives) General requirements -
Rating specifications for low voltage adjustable speed DC power drive systems
EN 61800-3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems, Part 3 – EMC product standard including
specific test methods
EN 61800-5-1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems – Part 5-1: Safety requirements – Electrical,
Thermal and Energy requirements
IEC 62103 (identical to EN 50178) Electronic equipment for use in power installations
UBC 97 Uniform Building Code
Electrical specifications
Overvoltage category Category II acc. to EN 61800-5-1 within line supply circuits
Category lll acc. to EN 61800-5-1 for line supply circuits with respect to the environment (other line
supply circuits, housing, electronics)
Overvoltage strength Class 1 acc. to EN 50178
Short-circuit current Rated supply voltage Rated DC current Short-circuit current, max.
V A kA
400, 480 3 AC 15 ... 1200 65
1600, 2000 85
3000 100
575, 690, 830, 950 3 AC 60 ... 850 65
950 ... 1600 85
1900 ... 2800 100
Radio interference suppression No radio interference suppression according to EN 61800-3

1) Conditions: 2) In two-quadrant operation, the drive can operate in "driving" mode in one
The closed-loop control (PI control) stability is referred to the rated motor direction of rotation and in "braking" mode with regenerative feedback in
speed and applies when the SINAMICS DC MASTER is in the warm the opposite direction of rotation. In four-quadrant operation, the drive can
operating condition. This is based on the following preconditions: operate in "driving" mode and in "braking" mode with regenerative
• Temperature changes of ±10 °C feedback in both directions of rotation.
• Line supply voltage changes of +10 % / -5 % of the rated input voltage
• Temperature coefficient of the tachometer generator with temperature
compensation 0.15 ‰ every 10 °C (for analog tachometer generators
only)
• Constant setpoint

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/11

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Mechanical data
Degree of protection IP00 acc. to EN 60529; IP20 with accessories "Mounting kit to upgrade to IP20" for units up to
850 A
Protection class Class 1 acc. to EN 61140
Cooling method
• Units ≤ 125 A rated DC current: Permissible Self-ventilated
ambient temperature in operation 0 ... 45 °C – for higher ambient temperature, see current derating on page 3/8
• Units ≥ 210 A rated DC current: Permissible Forced-air cooling with integrated fan
ambient temperature in operation 0 ... 40 °C – for higher ambient temperature, see current derating on page 3/8
Closed-loop control stability
• for pulse encoder operation and digital Δn = 0.006 % of the rated motor speed
setpoint

3 • for analog tachometer and analog setpoint 1)

MTBF
Δn = 0.1 % of the rated motor speed
> 170000 h
Environmental conditions
Permissible ambient temperature during -40 ... +70 °C
storage and transport
Permissible humidity Relative air humidity ≤ 95 % (75 % at 17 °C as average annual value, 95 % at 24 °C max.,
condensation not permissible)
Climate class 3K3 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3 : 2002
Insulation Pollution degree 2 according to EN 61800-5-1
Condensation not permissible
Installation altitude ≤ 1000 m above sea level (100 % load capability)
> 1000 ... 5000 m above sea level (see under "Coolant temperature and installation altitude" on
page 3/8)
Mechanical strength Storage Transport Operation
Vibratory load 1M2 acc. to 2M2 acc. to Constant deflection:
IEC 60721-3-1 : 1997 IEC 60721-3-2 : 1997 0.075 mm at 10 to 58 Hz
(dropping not permissible) (dropping not permissible) Constant acceleration:
10 m/s2 at > 58 to 200 Hz
(testing and measuring
techniques acc. to
EN 60068-2-6, Fc)
Shock load 100 m/s2 at 11 ms
(testing and measuring
techniques acc. to
EN 60068-2-27, Ea)
Approvals
UL/cUL UL file No.: E323473 Vol 2 Sec 1
UL 508 C Certification of the units up to and including 575 V
(UL Standard for Power Conversion Equipment)
GOST
Lloyd´s Register In order to maintain the important limit values for marine certification,
radio interference suppression filters should be used (see "Accessories and supplementary
Det Norske Veritas components") and option M08 (coated PCBs) should be selected.
American Bureau of Shipping
Germanischer Lloyd

3/12 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 400 V 3 AC, 60 to 280 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8025- 6RA8028- 6RA8031- 6RA8075- 6RA8078-
6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ...400 (+15 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 50 75 104 174 232
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V Self-ventilated 24 V DC internal
Rated fan current A Internal supply
Cooling air requirement m3/h 300
Sound pressure level 2) dB (A) 52.4
Rated field supply voltage 1) V 50 (-10 %) ... 400 (+15 %) 2 AC 3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 485
Rated DC current A 60 90 125 210 280
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 29 44 61 102 136
Power loss at rated DC current kW 0.25 0.36 0.41 0.69 0.81
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 325
Rated DC field current A 10 15
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +45 0 ... +40
operation 3)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 3)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 385
• Depth mm 252
Weight, approx. kg 10 14 15

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]
Data for single-phase connection
Type
6RA8025- 6RA8028- 6RA8031-
6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0
Rated DC voltage V 320
Rated DC current A 42.0 63.0 87.5

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
of the maximum rated supply voltage. page 3/8.
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply)

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/13

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 400 V 3 AC, 400 to 1200 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8081- 6RA8085- 6RA8087- 6RA8091-
6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0 6DS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 400 (+15 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 332 498 706 996
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.23 3) 0.3 3)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 600 1000

3 Sound pressure level 2)

Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V 50 (-10 %) ...400 (+15 %) 2 AC 50 (-10 %) ...
480 (+10 %) 2 AC
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 485
Rated DC current A 400 600 850 1200
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 194 291 412 582
Power loss at rated DC current kW 1.37 1.84 2.47 4.11
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 325 Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 25 30 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 4)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 4)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 625 700 785
• Depth mm 275 311 435
Weight, approx. kg 26 28 38 78

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) set to 0.3 A.
4)
For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
page 3/8.

3/14 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 400 V 3 AC, 1600 to 3000 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8093- 6RA8095- 6RA8098-
4DS22-0AA0 4DS22-0AA0 4DS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 400 (+15 %) 3 AC 50 (-10 %) ... 400 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 1328 1660 2490
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 1 3)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 2400
Sound pressure level 2)
Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 75.6
V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 485
Rated DC current A 1600 2000 3000
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 776 970 1455
Power loss at rated DC current kW 5.68 6.78 10.64
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 4)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 4)
Dimensions
• Width mm 453
• Height mm 883
• Depth mm 505
Weight, approx. kg 135 165

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type RH28M-2DK.3F.1R in units 6RA8090, 6RA8091,
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8093, and 6RA8095 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, require a Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0KA1 or
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) 3RV1011-1AA1, set to 1.25 A.
4)
For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
page 3/8.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/15

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 480 V 3 AC, 60 to 280 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8025- 6RA8028- 6RA8031- 6RA8075- 6RA8078-
6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 50 75 104 174 232
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V Self-ventilated 24 V DC internal
Rated fan current A Internal supply
Cooling air requirement m3/h 300
Sound pressure level 2) dB (A) 52.4
3 Rated field supply voltage 1) V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 575
Rated DC current A 60 90 125 210 280
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 35 52 72 121 161
Power loss at rated DC current kW 0.30 0.38 0.43 0.72 0.81
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 10 15
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +45 0 ... +40
operation 3)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 3)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 385
• Depth mm 252
Weight, approx. kg 11 14 15

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]
Data for single-phase connection
Type
6RA8025- 6RA8028- 6RA8031-
6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0
Rated DC voltage V 385
Rated DC current A 42.0 63.0 87.5

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
of the maximum rated supply voltage. page 3/8.
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply)

3/16 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 480 V 3 AC, 450 to 1200 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8082- 6RA8085- 6RA8087- 6RA8091-
6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0 6FS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 374 498 706 996
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.23 3) 0.3 3)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 600 1000
Sound pressure level 2)
Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 575
Rated DC current A 450 600 850 1200
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 259 345 489 690
Power loss at rated DC current kW 1.58 1.91 2.60 4.24
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 25 30 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 4)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 4)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 625 700 785
• Depth mm 275 311 435
Weight, approx. kg 28 38 78

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) set to 0.3 A.
4)
For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
page 3/8.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/17

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 575 V 3 AC, 60 to 800 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8025- 6RA8031- 6RA8075- 6RA8081- 6RA8085- 6RA8087-
6GS22-0AA0 6GS22-0AA0 6GS22-0AA0 6GS22-0AA0 6GS22-0AA0 6GS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 575 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 50 104 174 332 498 664
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V Self-ventilated 24 V DC internal 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A Internal supply 0.23 3)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 300 600

3 Sound pressure level 2)

Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A)
V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
52.4 64.5

Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 690
Rated DC current A 60 125 210 400 600 800
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 41 86 145 276 414 552
Power loss at rated DC current kW 0.27 0.46 0.74 1.60 2.00 2.69
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 10 15 25 30
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +45 0 … +40
operation 4)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 4)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 385 625 700
• Depth mm 252 275 311
Weight, approx. kg 11 14 26 28 38

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]
Data for single-phase connection
Type
6RA8025- 6RA8031-
6GS22-0AA0 6GS22-0AA0
Rated DC voltage V 460
Rated DC current A 42.0 87.5

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) set to 0.3 A.
4)
For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
page 3/8.

3/18 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 575 V 3 AC, 1100 to 2800 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8090- 6RA8093- 6RA8095- 6RA8096- 6RA8097-
6GS22-0AA0 4GS22-0AA0 4GS22-0AA0 4GS22-0AA0 4GS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 575 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 913 1328 1660 1826 2324
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.3 3) 1 4)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 1000 2400
Sound pressure level 2)
Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V
75.6
50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 690
Rated DC current A 1100 1600 2000 2200 2800
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 759 1104 1380 1518 1932
Power loss at rated DC current kW 4.02 6.04 7.07 7.39 10.53
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 5)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 5)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268 453
• Height mm 785 883
• Depth mm 435 505
Weight, approx. kg 78 135 165

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % 4) For fan motor type RH28M-2DK.3F.1R in units 6RA8090, 6RA8091,
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8093, and 6RA8095 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems
2) Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, require a Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0KA1 or
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) 3RV1011-1AA1, set to 1.25 A.
5) For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
3) For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a page 3/8.
Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
set to 0.3 A.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/19

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 690 V 3 AC, 720 to 2600 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8086- 6RA8090- 6RA8093- 6RA8095- 6RA8097-
6KS22-0AA0 6KS22-0AA0 4KS22-0AA0 4KS22-0AA0 4KS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 100 (-10 %) ... 690 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 598 830 1245 1660 2158
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.23 3) 0.3 3) 1 4)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 600 1000 2400

3 Sound pressure level 2)

Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V 100 (-10 %) ... 690 (+10 %) 3 AC
75.6

Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 830
Rated DC current A 720 1000 1500 2000 2600
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 598 830 1245 1660 2158
Power loss at rated DC current kW 2.77 3.96 6.67 8.16 10.30
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 30 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 5)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 5)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268 453
• Height mm 700 785 883
• Depth mm 311 435 505
Weight, approx. kg 38 78 135 165

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) 4)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type RH28M-2DK.3F.1R in units 6RA8090, 6RA8091,
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8093, and 6RA8095 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, require a Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0KA1 or
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) 3RV1011-1AA1, set to 1.25 A.
5) For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
3) For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a page 3/8.
Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
set to 0.3 A.

3/20 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1900 A and 950 V 3 AC, 2200 A, two-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8088- 6RA8093- 6RA8095- 6RA8096-
6LS22-0AA0 4LS22-0AA0 4LS22-0AA0 4MS22-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 100 (-10 %) ... 830 (+10 %) 3 AC 100 (-10 %) ...
voltage 1) 950 (+15 %) 3 AC
Rated armature input current A 789 1245 1577 1826
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.3 3) 1 4)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 1000 2400
Sound pressure level 2)
Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V
75.6
50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 1000 1140
Rated DC current A 950 1500 1900 2200
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 950 1500 1900 2508
Power loss at rated DC current kW 4.22 7.12 8.67 11.34
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 5)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 5)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268 453
• Height mm 785 883
• Depth mm 435 505
Weight, approx. kg 78 135 165

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % 4) For fan motor type RH28M-2DK.3F.1R in units 6RA8090, 6RA8091,
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8093, and 6RA8095 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems
2) Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, require a Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0KA1 or
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) 3RV1011-1AA1, set to 1.25 A.
5) For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
3) For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a page 3/8.
Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
set to 0.3 A.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/21

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 400 V 3 AC, 15 to 125 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8013- 6RA8018- 6RA8025- 6RA8028- 6RA8031-
6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 400 (+15 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 12 25 50 75 104
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V Self-ventilated
Rated fan current A
Cooling air requirement m3/h
2)
Sound pressure level dB (A)
3 Rated field supply voltage 1) V 50 (-10 %) ... 400 (+15 %) 2 AC
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 420
Rated DC current A 15 30 60 90 125
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 6.3 12.6 25 38 53
Power loss at rated DC current kW 0.13 0.18 0.25 0.32 0.41
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 325
Rated DC field current A 3 5 10
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +45
operation 3)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 3)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 385
• Depth mm 221 252
Weight, approx. kg 11 14

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

Data for single-phase connection

Type
6RA8013- 6RA8018- 6RA8025- 6RA8028- 6RA8031-
6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0
Rated DC voltage V 280
Rated DC current A 10.5 21.0 42.0 63.0 87.5

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
of the maximum rated supply voltage. page 3/8.
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply)

3/22 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 400 V 3 AC, 210 to 850 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8075- 6RA8078- 6RA8081- 6RA8085- 6RA8087-
6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0 6DV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 400 (+15 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 174 232 332 498 706
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 24 V DC internal 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A Internal supply 0.23 3)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 300 600
Sound pressure level 2)
Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 52.4
V 50 (-10 %) ... 400 (+15 %) 2 AC
64.5
3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 420
Rated DC current A 210 280 400 600 850
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 88 118 168 252 357
Power loss at rated DC current kW 0.69 0.81 1.37 1.84 2.47
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 325
Rated DC field current A 15 25 30
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 4)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 4)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 385 625 700
• Depth mm 252 275 311
Weight, approx. kg 15 26 31 42

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) set to 0.3 A.
4)
For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
page 3/8.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/23

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 400 V 3 AC, 1200 to 3000 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8091- 6RA8093- 6RA8095- 6RA8098-
6DV62-0AA0 4DV62-0AA0 4DV62-0AA0 4DV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 50 (-10 %) ...
voltage 1) 400 (+15 %) 3 AC 400 (+10 %) 3 AC
Rated armature input current A 996 1328 1660 2490
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.3 3) 1 4)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 1000 2400

3 Sound pressure level 2)

Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V
75.6
50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 420
Rated DC current A 1200 1600 2000 3000
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 504 672 840 1260
Power loss at rated DC current kW 4.11 5.68 6.78 10.64
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 4)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 4)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268 453
• Height mm 785 883
• Depth mm 435 505
Weight, approx. kg 78 155 185

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) set to 0.3 A.
4)
For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
page 3/8.

3/24 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 480 V 3 AC, 15 to 210 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8013- 6RA8018- 6RA8025- 6RA8028- 6RA8031- 6RA8075-
6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 12 25 50 75 104 174
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V Self-ventilated 24 V DC internal
Rated fan current A Internal supply
Cooling air requirement m3/h 300
Sound pressure level 2) dB (A) 52.4
Rated field supply voltage 1) V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC 3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 500
Rated DC current A 15 30 60 90 125 210
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 6 15 30 45 63 105
Power loss at rated DC current kW 0.13 0.19 0.30 0.34 0.43 0.72
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 3 5 10 10 10 15
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +45 0 … +40
operation 3)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 3)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 385
• Depth mm 221 252
Weight, approx. kg 11 14 15

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

Data for single-phase connection

Type
6RA8013- 6RA8018- 6RA8025- 6RA8028- 6RA8031-
6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0
Rated DC voltage V 335
Rated DC current A 10.5 21.0 42.0 63.0 87.5

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
of the maximum rated supply voltage. page 3/8.
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply)

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/25

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 480 V 3 AC, 280 to 1200 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8078- 6RA8082- 6RA8085- 6RA8087- 6RA8091-
6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0 6FV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 232 374 498 706 996
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 24 V DC internal 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A Internal supply 0.23 3) 0.3 3)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 300 600 1000

3 Sound pressure level 2)

Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 52.4
V
64.5
50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 500
Rated DC current A 280 450 600 850 1200
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 140 225 300 425 600
Power loss at rated DC current kW 0.81 1.58 1.91 2.60 4.24
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 15 25 25 30 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 4)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 4)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 385 625 700 785
• Depth mm 252 275 311 435
Weight, approx. kg 15 31 42 78

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) set to 0.3 A.
4)
For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
page 3/8.

3/26 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 575 V 3 AC, 60 to 850 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8025- 6RA8031- 6RA8075- 6RA8081- 6RA8085- 6RA8087-
6GV62-0AA0 6GV62-0AA0 6GV62-0AA0 6GV62-0AA0 6GV62-0AA0 6GV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 575 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 50 104 174 332 498 706
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V Self-ventilated 24 V DC internal 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A Internal supply 0.23 3)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 300 600
Sound pressure level 2)
Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A)
V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
52.4 64.5
3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 600
Rated DC current A 60 125 210 400 600 850
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 36 75 126 240 360 510
Power loss at rated DC current kW 0.27 0.46 0.74 1.60 2.00 2.83
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 10 10 15 25 25 30
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +45 0 … +40
operation 4)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 4)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268
• Height mm 385 625 700
• Depth mm 252 275 311
Weight, approx. kg 11 14 15 26 31 42

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

Data for single-phase connection

Type
6RA8025- 6RA8031-
6GV62-0AA0 6GV62-0AA0
Rated DC voltage V 400
Rated DC current A 42.0 87.5

1) 3)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) set to 0.3 A.
4)
For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
page 3/8.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/27

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 575 V 3 AC, 1100 to 2800 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8090- 6RA8093- 6RA8095- 6RA8096- 6RA8097-
6GV62-0AA0 4GV62-0AA0 4GV62-0AA0 4GV62-0AA0 4GV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 50 (-10 %) ... 575 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 913 1328 1660 1826 2324
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.3 3) 1 4)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 1000 2400

3 Sound pressure level 2)

Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V
75.6
50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 600
Rated DC current A 1100 1600 2000 2200 2800
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 660 960 1200 1320 1680
Power loss at rated DC current kW 4.02 6.04 7.07 7.39 10.53
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 5)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 5)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268 453
• Height mm 785 883
• Depth mm 435 505
Weight, approx. kg 78 155 185

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % 4) For fan motor type RH28M-2DK.3F.1R in units 6RA8090, 6RA8091,
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8093, and 6RA8095 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems
2) Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, require a Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0KA1 or
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) 3RV1011-1AA1, set to 1.25 A.
5) For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
3) For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a page 3/8.
Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
set to 0.3 A.

3/28 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 690 V 3 AC, 760 to 2600 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8086- 6RA8090- 6RA8093- 6RA8095- 6RA8097-
6KV62-0AA0 6KV62-0AA0 4KV62-0AA0 4KV62-0AA0 4KV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 100 (-10 %) ... 690 (+10 %) 3 AC
voltage 1)
Rated armature input current A 631 830 1245 1660 2158
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.23 3) 0.3 3) 1 4)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 600 1000 2400
Sound pressure level 2)
Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V 50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
75.6
3
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 725
Rated DC current A 760 1000 1500 2000 2600
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 551 725 1088 1450 1885
Power loss at rated DC current kW 2.90 3.96 6.67 8.16 10.30
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 30 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 5)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 5)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268 453
• Height mm 700 785 883
• Depth mm 311 435 505
Weight, approx. kg 42 78 155 185

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) 4)
The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % For fan motor type RH28M-2DK.3F.1R in units 6RA8090, 6RA8091,
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8093, and 6RA8095 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems
2)
Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, require a Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0KA1 or
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) 3RV1011-1AA1, set to 1.25 A.
5)
3)
For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a page 3/8.
Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
set to 0.3 A.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/29

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters for 830 V 3 AC, 950 to 1900 A and 950 V 3 AC, 2200 A, four-quadrant operation
Type
6RA8088- 6RA8093- 6RA8095- 6RA8096-
6LV62-0AA0 4LV62-0AA0 4LV62-0AA0 4MV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply V 100 (-10 %) ... 830 (+10 %) 3 AC 100 (-10 %) ...
voltage 1) 950 (+15 %) 3 AC
Rated armature input current A 789 1245 1577 1826
Rated supply voltage, V 380 (-25 %) … 480 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A or
electronics power supply 190 (-25 %) … 240 (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 2 A
Rated fan supply voltage V 400 V 3 AC ± 10 % (50 Hz)
460 V 3 AC ± 10 % (60 Hz)
Rated fan current A 0.3 3) 1 4)
Cooling air requirement m3/h 1000 2400

3 Sound pressure level 2)

Rated field supply voltage 1)
dB (A) 64.5
V
75.6
50 (-10 %) ... 480 (+10 %) 2 AC
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC voltage 1) V 875 1000
Rated DC current A 950 1500 1900 2200
Overload capability x × In 1.8
Rated power kW 831 1313 1663 2200
Power loss at rated DC current kW 4.22 7.12 8.67 11.34
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40
Normal ambient temperature in °C 0 … +40
operation 5)
Storage and transport °C -40 … +70
temperature
Installation altitude above sea ≤ 1000 m for rated DC current
level 5)
Dimensions
• Width mm 268 453
• Height mm 785 883
• Depth mm 435 505
Weight, approx. kg 78 155 185

Note:
Detailed dimensional drawings in PDF and DXF format are
available on the Internet at
[Link]

1) The specified output DC voltage can be maintained up to a voltage of 95 % 4) For fan motor type RH28M-2DK.3F.1R in units 6RA8090, 6RA8091,
of the maximum rated supply voltage. 6RA8093, and 6RA8095 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems
2) Fan noise for a unit installed in an IP20 electrical cabinet (door closed, require a Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0KA1 or
50 Hz operation or operation at 24 V DC for units with an internal supply) 3RV1011-1AA1, set to 1.25 A.
5) For derating factors at higher temperatures and installation altitudes, see
3) For fan motor type R2D220-AB02-19 in units 6RA8081, 6RA8085, and
6RA8087 with a rated voltage of 400 V or 575 V, UL systems require a page 3/8.
Siemens motor circuit breaker of type 3RV1011-0DA1 or 3RV1011-0EA1,
set to 0.3 A.

3/30 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Selection and ordering data

DC Converters for two-quadrant operation
Rated data DC Converter Fuses
Armature circuit Field circuit Armature circuit Field circuit
Rated Rated DC Rated DC Rated Rated Rated DC Article No. Phase DC current 2 each
supply voltage current power supply current
voltage 1) voltage 1)
V V A kW V A Type Type Type
400 3 AC 485 60 29 400 2 AC 10 6RA8025-6DS22-0AA0 3NE1817-0 – 5SD420
90 44 10 6RA8028-6DS22-0AA0 3NE1820-0 – 5SD420
125 61 10 6RA8031-6DS22-0AA0 3NE1021-0 – 5SD420
210 102 15 6RA8075-6DS22-0AA0 3NE3227 – 5SD440
280 136 15 6RA8078-6DS22-0AA0 3NE3231 – 5SD440
400 194 25 6RA8081-6DS22-0AA0 3NE3233 – 5SD440
600
850
291
412
25
30
6RA8085-6DS22-0AA0
6RA8087-6DS22-0AA0
3NE3336
3NE3338-8 –
– 5SD440
5SD480
3
2)
1200 582 480 2 AC 40 6RA8091-6DS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
1600 776 40 6RA8093-4DS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
2000 970 40 6RA8095-4DS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
3000 1455 40 6RA8098-4DS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
480 3 AC 575 60 35 480 2 AC 10 6RA8025-6FS22-0AA0 3NE1817-0 – 5SD420
90 52 10 6RA8028-6FS22-0AA0 3NE1820-0 – 5SD420
125 72 10 6RA8031-6FS22-0AA0 3NE1021-0 – 5SD420
210 121 15 6RA8075-6FS22-0AA0 3NE3227 – 5SD440
280 161 15 6RA8078-6FS22-0AA0 3NE3231 – 5SD440
450 259 25 6RA8082-6FS22-0AA0 3NE3233 – 5SD440
600 345 25 6RA8085-6FS22-0AA0 3NE3336 – 5SD440
850 489 30 6RA8087-6FS22-0AA0 3NE3338-8 – 5SD480
2)
1200 690 40 6RA8091-6FS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
575 3 AC 690 60 41 480 2 AC 10 6RA8025-6GS22-0AA0 3NE1817-0 – 5SD420
125 86 10 6RA8031-6GS22-0AA0 3NE1021-0 – 5SD420
210 145 15 6RA8075-6GS22-0AA0 3NE3227 – 5SD440
400 276 25 6RA8081-6GS22-0AA0 3NE3233 – 5SD440
600 414 25 6RA8085-6GS22-0AA0 3NE3336 – 5SD440
800 552 30 6RA8087-6GS22-0AA0 3NE3338-8 – 5SD480
2)
1100 759 40 6RA8090-6GS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
1600 1104 40 6RA8093-4GS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
2000 1380 40 6RA8095-4GS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
2200 1518 40 6RA8096-4GS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
2800 1932 40 6RA8097-4GS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
690 3 AC 830 720 598 480 2 AC 30 6RA8086-6KS22-0AA0 3NE3337-8 – 5SD480
2)
1000 830 40 6RA8090-6KS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
1500 1245 40 6RA8093-4KS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
2000 1660 40 6RA8095-4KS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
2600 2158 40 6RA8097-4KS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
830 3 AC 1000 950 950 480 2 AC 40 6RA8088-6LS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
1500 1500 40 6RA8093-4LS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
1900 1900 40 6RA8095-4LS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)
2)
950 3 AC 1140 2200 2508 480 2 AC 40 6RA8096-4MS22-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 3)

1) 50/60 Hz
2) Arm fuses included in the unit, external semiconductor fuses not required
3) UL-recognized

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/31

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Selection and ordering data

DC Converters for four-quadrant operation
Rated data DC Converter Fuses
Armature circuit Field circuit Armature circuit Field circuit
Rated Rated DC Rated DC Rated Rated Rated DC Article No. Phase DC current 2 each
supply voltage current power supply current
voltage 1) voltage 1)
V V A kW V A Type Type Type
400 3 AC 420 15 6.3 400 2 AC 3 6RA8013-6DV62-0AA0 3NE1814-0 3NE1814-0 5SD420
30 12.6 5 6RA8018-6DV62-0AA0 3NE8003-1 3NE4102 5SD420
60 25 10 6RA8025-6DV62-0AA0 3NE1817-0 3NE4120 5SD420
90 38 10 6RA8028-6DV62-0AA0 3NE1820-0 3NE4122 5SD420
125 53 10 6RA8031-6DV62-0AA0 3NE1021-0 3NE4124 5SD420
210 88 15 6RA8075-6DV62-0AA0 3NE3227 3NE3227 5SD440

3 280
400
118
168
15
25
6RA8078-6DV62-0AA0
6RA8081-6DV62-0AA0
3NE3231
3NE3233
3NE3231
3NE3233
5SD440
5SD440
600 252 25 6RA8085-6DV62-0AA0 3NE3336 3NE3336 5SD440
850 357 30 6RA8087-6DV62-0AA0 3NE3338-8 3NE3334-0B 3) 5SD480
2) 2)
1200 504 480 2 AC 40 6RA8091-6DV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
1600 672 40 6RA8093-4DV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
2000 840 40 6RA8095-4DV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
3000 1260 40 6RA8098-4DV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
480 3 AC 500 15 6 480 2 AC 3 6RA8013-6FV62-0AA0 3NE1814-0 3NE1814-0 5SD420
30 15 5 6RA8018-6FV62-0AA0 3NE1815-0 3NE4102 5SD420
60 30 10 6RA8025-6FV62-0AA0 3NE1817-0 3NE4120 5SD420
90 45 10 6RA8028-6FV62-0AA0 3NE1820-0 3NE4122 5SD420
125 63 10 6RA8031-6FV62-0AA0 3NE1021-0 3NE4124 5SD420
210 105 15 6RA8075-6FV62-0AA0 3NE3227 3NE3227 5SD440
280 140 15 6RA8078-6FV62-0AA0 3NE3231 3NE3231 5SD440
450 225 25 6RA8082-6FV62-0AA0 3NE3233 3NE3334-0B 5SD440
600 300 25 6RA8085-6FV62-0AA0 3NE3336 3NE3336 5SD440
850 425 30 6RA8087-6FV62-0AA0 3NE3338-8 3NE3334-0B 3) 5SD480
2) 2)
1200 600 40 6RA8091-6FV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
575 3 AC 600 60 36 480 2 AC 10 6RA8025-6GV62-0AA0 3NE1817-0 3NE4120 5SD420
125 75 10 6RA8031-6GV62-0AA0 3NE1021-0 3NE4124 5SD420
210 126 15 6RA8075-6GV62-0AA0 3NE3227 3NE3227 5SD440
400 240 25 6RA8081-6GV62-0AA0 3NE3233 3NE3233 5SD440
600 360 25 6RA8085-6GV62-0AA0 3NE3336 3NE3336 5SD440
850 510 30 6RA8087-6GV62-0AA0 3NE3338-8 3NE3334-0B 3) 5SD480
2) 2)
1100 660 40 6RA8090-6GV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
1600 960 40 6RA8093-4GV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
2000 1200 40 6RA8095-4GV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
2200 1320 40 6RA8096-4GV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
2800 1680 40 6RA8097-4GV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
3)
690 3 AC 725 760 551 480 2 AC 30 6RA8086-6KV62-0AA0 3NE3337-8 3NE3334-0B 5SD420
2) 2)
1000 725 40 6RA8090-6KV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
1500 1088 40 6RA8093-4KV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
2000 1450 40 6RA8095-4KV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
2600 1885 40 6RA8097-4KV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
830 3 AC 875 950 831 480 2 AC 40 6RA8088-6LV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
1500 1313 40 6RA8093-4LV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
1900 1663 40 6RA8095-4LV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)
2) 2)
950 3 AC 1000 2200 2200 480 2 AC 40 6RA8096-4MV62-0AA0 – – 3NE1802-0 4)

1) 50/60 Hz 3) Two fuses connected in parallel.

2) Arm fuses included in the unit, external semiconductor fuses not required 4) UL-recognized

3/32 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Options
Note: Example:
6RA8075-6GV62-0AA0-Z
When ordering a unit with options, add the suffix "-Z" to the G00+G20+L85+...
Article No. of the unit and then state the order code(s) for the
desired option(s) after the suffix. See also ordering examples.

Available options
The following table provides an overview of the available options. Detailed descriptions of the options are provided in the section
"Description of options".
Designation Order code Notes Article No. for separate order
not coated coated
CUD
Standard CUD left (Standard) – 6RY1803-0AA00-0AA1 6RY1803-0AA20-0AA1

3
Advanced CUD left G00 – 6RY1803-0AA05-0AA1 6RY1803-0AA25-0AA1
Standard CUD right G10 This option requires an Advanced CUD 6RY1803-0AA00-0AA1 + 6RY1803-0AA20-0AA1 +
left – order code G00 6RY1803-0GA00 2) 6RY1803-0GA20 2)
Advanced CUD right G11 This option requires an Advanced CUD 6RY1803-0AA05-0AA1 + 6RY1803-0AA25-0AA1 +
left – order code G00 6RY1803-0GA00 2) 6RY1803-0GA20 2)
Communication Board CBE20 G20 This option requires an Advanced CUD – 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
left left – order code G00
Communication Board CBE20 G21 This option requires an Advanced CUD – 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
right right – order code G11
Memory card left S01 – 6RX1800-0AS01 –
Memory card right S02 This option requires a Standard CUD 6RX1800-0AS01 –
right – order code G10 – or an Advanced
CUD right – order code G11
Field
Field power section 1Q (Standard) – – 1) – 1)
Field power section 2Q L11 Only applicable for units from 60 to 3000 A – 1) – 1)
Without field power section L10 Only applicable for units from 60 to 3000 A – –
85 A field power section L85 Only applicable for units from 1500 to 3000 A – 1) – 1)
Fans
Standard fan (Standard) Self-ventilated units do not have a fan – 1) –
Fan for single-phase connection L21 Only applicable for units from 400 to 1200 A – 1) –
Additional options
Electronics power supply for L05 Standard for Control Module, – 1) – 1)
connection to 24 V DC input voltage range 18 to 30 V,
current consumption 5 A at 24 V
Armature circuit supply with L04 Only applicable for units up to ≤ 575 V – 1) – 1)
extra-low voltage 10 to 50 V rated supply voltage
Terminal Module Cabinet G63 – 6RY1803-0AB05 –
Coated PCBs M08 – – –
Nickel-plated copper busbars M10 Only applicable for units from 60 to 3000 A – –
External sensor for ambient or L15 – – 1) –
inlet temperature
Control for switching over the S50 – – –
power section topology for
parallel and series connections
Extension of the liability for Q80 ... Q85 See section – –
defects "Description of options"

1) 2)
Available as spare part. The Standard CUD (uncoated 6RY1803-0AA00-0AA1; coated 6RY1803-
0AA20-0AA1) and the Advanced CUD (uncoated 6RY1803-0AA05-0AA1;
coated 6RY1803-0AA25-0AA1) can be inserted in either the left-hand or the
right-hand slot and therefore have an article number which does not refer to
a specific slot. A Connector Board (6RY1803-0GA00 or 6RY1803-0GA20) is
also needed in order to retrofit a CUD.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/33

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Options
Option selection matrix

G00 G10 G11 G20 G21 G63 L04 L05 L10 L11 L15 L20 L21 L85 M08 M10 S01 S02 S50

G00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

G10 ✓ – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

G11 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

G20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

3 G21 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

G63 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

L10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

L11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

L15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

L85 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

M08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

S50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ Option can be combined without any restrictions

– Option cannot be combined

3/34 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Options
Ordering examples Solution:
Example 1 As a result of the data of the existing motor and the customer
specifications relating to acceleration and braking ramps,
Task: tambour roll weight and maximum diameter, a four-quadrant
A DC drive system is required for a cableway. A SINAMICS converter was selected with a rated supply voltage of 690 V and
DC MASTER is to handle the closed-loop control of the selected a rated current of 1500 A. The dynamic overload capability of the
560 kW DC motor with a rated armature voltage of 420 V units is utilized to brake the drive when the paper web breaks.
and a rated armature current of 1306 A. Due to the overdimen- The technological control with current setpoint interface is
sioning of 25 % specified by the acceptance authorities, and realized in the higher-level control. This is the reason that for this
due to the maximum ambient temperature of 45 °C that can particular application, the Standard CUD is sufficient, which
occur, the rated current of the converter had to be further already has an integrated PROFIBUS interface.
reduced by 5 %. This is the reason that a unit with a rated supply
current of 2000 A was selected. The converter capable of The problem with armature overvoltages when entering the field
energy recovery is to be connected to a 400 V line supply. weakening range has now been resolved by selecting the two-
A PROFINET connection is required for the higher-level control. quadrant field power section option. By actively reducing the

3
current using a counter-voltage, the field current actual value
Solution: can now follow the field current setpoint - even for steep accel-
The four-quadrant converter with 2000 A and 400 V AC must be eration ramps - and therefore overvoltages are avoided in the
selected for this application. The incremental encoder to sense armature circuit. The tension fluctuations in the paper web are
the speed - mounted on the motor - is directly evaluated in the consequentially eliminated.
CUD of the SINAMICS DC MASTER, without requiring any Selecting the option "electronics power supply for connection
additional option. to 24 V DC" means that the drive system can be integrated into
The following options must be selected in order to permit the a favorably-priced and low-maintenance DC UPS system
PROFINET connection: comprising SITOP components.
G00 (Advanced CUD left) The requirements regarding actual value and status displays
G20 (PROFINET Communication Board CBE20 left) were addressed by installing the AOP30 Advanced Operator
The ordering data are as follows: Panel in the doors of the drive cabinet.
6RA8095-4DV62-0AA0-Z Coated PCBs and nickel-plated copper busbars were selected
G00+G20 as a result of the aggressive atmosphere with a high percentage
Example 2 of H2S.
Task: Since the availability of equipment is extremely important in the
paper industry, the option "memory card left" should also be
An unwinder for paper in a reeler-slitter is to be modernized - but selected in order to reduce downtimes. The firmware and addi-
the existing motor is to be kept. The power section is to be tional AOP text languages are stored on this card. Further,
supplied from the existing 690 V supply. The technological parameter values can be additionally saved there and there is a
control is to be implemented in the higher-level PCS7 system. reserved memory range for offline long-time trace records.
The client specified PROFIBUS as the control and setpoint inter-
face. The following measured values and status displays are to The following options must be selected for this particular
be visualized in the cabinet doors of the drive cabinet to facilitate application:
fast and simple diagnostics for the service and maintenance L05 (electronics power supply for connection to 24 V DC)
personnel: Armature current, armature voltage, speed, field L11 (2Q field power section)
current, status messages - operation and fault. M08 (coated PCBs)
M10 (nickel-plated copper busbars)
The customer explained that he repeatedly had problems with S01 (memory card left)
the existing converter relating to overvoltage in the motor arma-
ture circuit - and as a consequence, this resulted in tension Further, the following accessories are required:
fluctuations in the paper web when the motor went into the field- AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel (6SL3055-0AA00-4CA4)
weakening range. As a result of instability in the control voltage RS485 cable, 3 m long
supply, in the past, there were repeatedly failures that had a The ordering data are as follows:
negative impact on the availability. 6RA8093-4KV62-0AA0-Z
L05+L11+M08+M10+S01
and
6SL3055-0AA00-4CA4
and
6RY1807-0AP00

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/35

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Options
Description of options G20
Communication Board CBE20 left
G00
Advanced CUD left

3 In addition to the connections and functions of the Standard

The CBE20 Communication Board can be used to connect to a
PROFINET IO network via the Advanced CUD.
CUD, the Advanced CUD has two DRIVE-CLiQ connections and The SINAMICS DC MASTER then assumes the function of a
one option slot. The use of an Advanced CUD also provides the PROFINET IO device in the sense of PROFINET and offers the
opportunity of inserting an additional CUD (Standard or following functions:
Advanced) to increase the computational performance and the • PROFINET IO device
number of terminals. This can be used, for example, to
implement additional technological functions. • 100 Mbps full duplex
• Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
By using an Advanced CUD, which is located in the left-hand
slot instead of the Standard CUD, the SINAMICS components • RT (Real-Time)
SMC10, SMC30, TM15, TM31, TM150 and CBE20 can be • Connection to control systems as PROFINET IO devices in
connected to the SINAMICS DC MASTER, and the OALINK accordance with PROFIdrive, Specification V4.
functionality can also be utilized. More detailed information • In addition to PROFIBUS (standard), PROFINET can also be
about the SINAMICS components is available in the catalog used for engineering with the STARTER commissioning tool.
section "Accessories and supplementary components".
• Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on the
G10 PROFINET ASIC ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star,
Standard CUD right tree) can therefore be configured without additional external
switches.
The following functions can also be used:
• EtherNet/IP
• SINAMICS Link (with memory card, option S01 or S02)
The CBE20 is inserted in the option slot of the Advanced CUD,
which is inserted in the left-hand slot. An Advanced CUD must
be located in the left-hand slot in order to be able to use option
G20. This can be selected with option G00.
Technical specifications
Permissible ambient temperature
• Storage and transport -40 ... +70 °C
Selecting the option G10 provides the possibility of further
increasing the performance of technology functions for the • Operation 0 ... 55 °C
SINAMICS DC MASTER. As a result of the additional Standard Approvals cULus (File No.: E164110)
CUD that is inserted in the right-hand slot of the electronics tray,
users have additional computational performance at their finger- Accessories for CBE20 Type
tips in order to fulfill even the highest demands when it comes to
closed-loop control performance. Option G00 is required when Industrial Ethernet FC
selecting option G10. An extension to include two Control Units • RJ45 plug 145 (1 unit) 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
is only possible when the Advanced CUD is inserted in the left-
• RJ45 plug 145 (10 units) 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
hand slot.
• Stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
G11
Advanced CUD right • Standard cable GP 2x2 6XV1840-2AH10

With option G11, users can address the highest demands • Flexible cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2B
regarding the closed-loop control performance and use the wide • Trailing cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2D
range of interfaces. With this option, in addition to the Advanced • Trailing cable 2x2 6XV1840-3AH10
CUD located in the left-hand slot, an additional Advanced CUD
can be mounted in the right-hand slot. This therefore doubles the • Marine cable 2x2 6XV1840-4AH10
number of interfaces of the SINAMICS DC MASTER. Option G00
The cables are sold by the meter.
is required when selecting option G11. An extension to include
two Control Units is only possible when the Advanced CUD is For further information about connectors and cables, refer to
inserted in the left-hand slot. Catalog IK PI.

3/36 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Options
G21 L15
Communication Board CBE20 right External sensor for the ambient or inlet temperature
With option G21, an Advanced CUD can be inserted in the right- Option L15 is a sensor located outside the unit to measure the
hand slot (refer to option G11), which is used to expand CBE20. ambient or inlet temperature. For example, this can be used to
More detailed information on the functionality, selection and simply monitor the cabinet temperature and/or identify when the
ordering data of the CBE20 is provided under option G20. air intake filter is blocked.
G63 L21
Terminal Module Cabinet (TMC) Fan for single-phase connection
The Terminal Module Cabinet (TMC) is equipped with spring A fan can be optionally supplied with a single-phase connection
terminals which provide a simple means of connecting CUD for units with rated DC currents between 400 and 1200 A. This
standard signals. allows fans to be more quickly replaced than three-phase fans -
This is made possible by routing the appropriate interfaces especially as the direction of rotation does not have to be
(X177 of the CUD) to the TMC using an adapter board and a checked.
ribbon cable (X71, X72).
Rated supply voltage: 230 V 1 AC ± 10 %
3
The TMC comprises two terminal blocks and a cable set.
(50 and 60 Hz)
Note: To equip two CUDs with one TMC each, option G63 must
Rated DC current Line frequency Rated fan current
be ordered twice.
400 … 850 A 50 Hz 0.51 A
L04
Armature circuit supply with extra-low voltage 10 to 50 V 60 Hz 0.72 A

With option L04, the SINAMICS DC MASTER is re-equipped for 950 ... 1200 A 50 Hz 0.81 A
operation with 10 to 50 V AC. This is frequently required espe- 60 Hz 1.14 A
cially for electrochemical applications, when controlling sole-
noids, when using the converter to supply the fields of special Units smaller than 400 A are self-ventilated or have an integrated
motors or Ward-Leonard converters (MG sets). 24 V DC fan. Units with ratings greater than 1200 A require a
three-phase connection for the fan due to the higher power
This option can only be selected for units with rated supply consumption.
voltages of up to 575 V.
L85
L05 85 A field power section
Electronics power supply for connection to 24 V DC
With option L85, users can have the SINAMICS DC MASTER
With option L05, users have the possibility of equipping equipped with a rated DC field current of 85 A.
SINAMICS DC MASTER with an electronics power supply for
connection to 24 V DC instead of the standard electronics power This option can only be ordered for units with rated DC currents
supply. This option allows users to connect the units to a from 1500 to 3000 A.
favorably-priced 24 V UPS system. M08
This option cannot be selected for Control Modules as the Coated PCBs
Control Module is supplied as standard with an electronics In order to improve the reliability for increased degrees of
power supply for connection to 24 V DC. pollution and climatic stressing, it is possible to order PCBs of
Input voltage range: 18 to 30 V, the SINAMICS DC MASTER that are coated on both sides by
current consumption: 5 A at 24 V specifying option M08.
L10 M10
Without field power section Nickel-plated copper busbars
In some applications it may be necessary to individually adapt When ordered with option M10, the SINAMICS DC MASTER is
the field power section. For this particular case, users can order equipped with nickel-plated copper busbars. The degree of
option L10 where SINAMICS DC MASTER is not equipped with availability can be increased for aggressive atmospheres.
the standard integrated field power section. This then allows
them to implement their own individual solutions for the field This option is not available for units with rated DC currents from
power section. 15 to 30 A.
This option cannot be ordered for units with rated DC currents
from 15 to 30 A.
L11
2Q field power section
For applications that demand highly dynamic field current
changes, by specifying option L11, the SINAMICS DC MASTER
can be equipped with a two-quadrant field with active current
reduction. Further, this field power section has an integrated
field overvoltage protection function.
This option cannot be ordered for units with rated DC currents
from 15 to 30 A.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/37

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Options
S01 Q80 to Q85
Memory card left Extension of the liability for defects
With option S01, users receive a memory card for one Standard We can offer you the possibility of extending the liability for
CUD or one Advanced CUD, which is inserted in the left-hand defects periods beyond the standard liability for defects period.
slot. The standard liability for defects period, as listed in our standard
conditions for the supply of services and products, is 12 months.
This memory card offers the following options:
• Additional languages can be downloaded to the AOP30 The following extension periods are available:
Advanced Operator Panel. When using two CUDs, option S01 Extension of the liability for defects period for converters
and option S02 must be ordered.
Additional Additional text
• Perform an offline long-time trace. identification
• Download the DCC block library into the drive. code -Z
with order code
• Update the firmware.
Q80 Extension of the liability for defects period by
The SINAMICS Link function requires that the memory card is 12 months to a total of 24 months from delivery

3 always inserted.
S02
Q81 Extension of the liability for defects period by
18 months to a total of 30 months from delivery
Memory card right Q82 Extension of the liability for defects period by
24 months to a total of 36 months from delivery
With option S02, users receive a memory card for one Standard
CUD or one Advanced CUD, which is inserted in the right-hand Q83 Extension of the liability for defects period by
slot. 30 months to a total of 42 months from delivery
Q84 Extension of the liability for defects period by
This memory card offers the following options: 36 months to a total of 48 months from delivery
• Additional languages can be downloaded to the AOP30
Q85 Extension of the liability for defects period by
Advanced Operator Panel. When using two CUDs, option S01 48 months to a total of 60 months from delivery
and option S02 must be ordered.
• Perform an offline long-time trace. The currently valid conditions for extending the period of liability
for defects can be found at:
• Download the DCC block library into the drive.
• Update the firmware. [Link]
The SINAMICS Link function requires that the memory card is
always inserted.
In order to be able to use option S02, a Standard CUD right
(option G10) or an Advanced CUD right (option G11) is required.
S50
Switchover of the power section topology
In certain applications, it is necessary to switch between
12-pulse parallel connection and 12-pulse series connection
during operation by means of control command.
External contactors must be used to switch over the power
section topology. Option S50 provides the required firmware
functionality.
Requirements for using this functionality:
• All units involved must be equipped with option S50.
• No redundant operation mode ("n+m" mode) may be used.
• The function of the "parallel switching master" must remain on
the same unit in both power section topologies.

3/38 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Circuit diagrams
Control Units

X177
1 U
2 #
Analog inputs

3 U
4 #

Connector Board
5

Allocation Board
U

Control Unit
6 #
7 U

and
8 #

9 P24_S (200 mA max.)

10
Digital inputs

M
11
12
2)
13
14
To
3
15
power interface
inputs/outputs

16
Digital

17

18 Memory card

P24 BOP20
19 operator panel
Digital outputs

X134

20 1)
Option module interface
21
(OMI slot)
22
23 P24 X165 Parallel
24 interface (2 x)
M digital
25 U
26 V/I # X166
AOP30 operator panel
Analog inputs

27 X126
U PROFIBUS (accessory)
28 V/I #
29 U X100
30 # 1) DRIVE-CLiQ

31 P10 ± 1% / 10 mA X101
32 1) DRIVE-CLiQ
N10 ± 1% / 10 mA
Main setpoint
33
34 X178
M analog RS485 BA
35 M digital or USS
36
peer-to-peer

interface
interface

37 RS232 X179 or USS

Serial

TX+
TX- 38 interface
RX+ 39
40 BA D 49
RX- A 50 Analog
41 P15 D 51 outputs
Supply A 52
42 (300 mA max.)
Pulse encoder

M M analog
43
Track 1 44
53
45 sense Motor
Track 2 54
46 temperature
1mA 55
47
Zero mark 56
G_D023_EN_00016b

48 M analog
X177
BA = electronically switchable bus termination 1) 1) Only on Advanced CUD
V/I = electronically switchable voltage / current input to 2nd CUD (option) 2) 7; 2))
 7; HQDEOH

Connection diagram, Standard CUD/Advanced CUD with typical connections

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/39

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Circuit diagrams
DC Converter

3 AC 50 … 60 Hz, 400 … 480 V

3 AC 50 … 60 Hz, 400 … 575 V

1 AC 50 … 60 Hz, 230 V

Analog tachometer E-STOP or K2 K1

8 … 270 V

5W1
XP1

5N1
5U1
K3

5W1
XP1
XS1
XT1

5N1
5U1
106
104

105
103

4W1
1W1

4U1
1U1

4V1
1V1
M ES/P24
Analog XR1
tachometer ~
= 109
E-STOP 110
Power ON K1
Electronics power supply
1
Temperature monitoring XT5 3
1
Temperature monitoring XT6 3
1
X7 2
To Allocation Board, CUD

Armature current Load resistor

X8 1
2
# Power interface
U
Line voltage, armature
#
U X11, X21
# Armature voltage
U
Firing pulses, armature

Fuse monitoring XS13

M
3~

3U1 3W1

Firing pulses, field

#
U Line voltage, field
G_D023_EN_00017

# Shunt
U Field current actual value

Field module
1) Required for four-quadrant units 3D 3C 1C1(1D1) 1D1(1C1)
2) Analog tachometer or pulse encoder 1)

M
2)
G
Terminal XT1.103, 104 ... X177.41-48

Connection diagram, DC Converters, 400 to 3000 A, electronics power supply 400 V or 230 V, with fan (standard version)

3/40 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Circuit diagrams
Assignment of terminals and connectors
Overview
Overview of terminals and connectors
1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1 Power section
3U1, 3W1, 3C, 3D Field circuit
4U1, 4V1, 4W1, 4N1 Fan
5U1, 5W1, 5N1 Electronics power supply
X100, X101 DRIVE-CLiQ
X126 PROFIBUS
X165, X166 Parallel connection interface
X177 Analog inputs, digital inputs, digital outputs, setpoints, reference voltage (P10/N10), serial interface (peer-to-peer),
pulse encoder, analog outputs, temperature sensor
X178 RS485 interface for connecting the AOP30, USS interface as alternative; as a general rule, only one of the two
interfaces X178 or X179 can be used
3
X179 RS232 interface for use as a USS interface; as a general rule, only one of the two interfaces X178 or X179 can be used
XR1, XS1, XT1 Relay output for line contactor, safety shutdown (E-STOP), analog tachometer

Power section
Terminal type, power connections for 15 A and 30 A units
Type KDS 10 PC board terminal
Conductor size • Rigid: 0.5 … 16 mm2
• Flexible with end sleeve with/without plastic sleeve: 0.5 … 10 mm2
• Conductor sizes: AWG 20 … 6
Stripped length 12 mm
Tightening torque 1.2 … 1.5 Nm

Terminal type, power connections for units of 60 A and higher

Units Data
60 … 210 A 1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 3 × 20 mm aluminum busbar, through hole for M8
1C1, 1D1: 5 × 20 mm aluminum busbar, through hole for M8
Max. conductor cross-section for cables with cable lug in acc. with DIN 46234:
1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 2 × 95 mm2
Tightening torque for 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 13 Nm
Tightening torque for protective conductor: 25 Nm
280 A 1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 3 × 20 mm copper busbar, through hole for M8
1C1, 1D1: 5 × 20 mm copper busbar, through hole for M8
Max. conductor cross-section for cables with cable lug in acc. with DIN 46234:
1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 2 × 95 mm2
Tightening torque for 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 13 Nm
Tightening torque for protective conductor: 25 Nm
400 … 450 A 1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 5 × 30 mm aluminum busbar, through hole for M10
1C1, 1D1: 5 × 35 mm aluminum busbar, through hole for M10
Max. conductor cross-section for cables with cable lug in acc. with DIN 46234:
1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 2 × 150 mm2
1C1, 1D1: 2 × 185 mm2
Tightening torque for 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 25 Nm
Tightening torque for protective conductor: 50 Nm
600 A 1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 5 × 30 mm copper busbar, through hole for M10
1C1, 1D1: 5 × 35 mm copper busbar, through hole for M10
Max. conductor cross-section for cables with cable lug in acc. with DIN 46234:
1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 2 × 150 mm2
1C1, 1D1: 2 × 185 mm2
Tightening torque for 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 25 Nm
Tightening torque for protective conductor: 50 Nm
720 … 850 A 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 5 × 60 mm copper busbar, through hole for M12
Max. conductor cross-section for cables with cable lug in acc. with DIN 46234:
1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 4 × 150 mm2
Tightening torque for 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 44 Nm
Tightening torque for protective conductor: 50 Nm
Protective conductor:
Minimum cross-section 10 mm2, for connection options, see dimensional drawings.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/41

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Circuit diagrams
Terminal type, power connections for units of 60 A and higher (continued)
Units Data
900 … 1200 A 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 6 × 80 mm copper busbar, insert nut M12
Max. conductor cross-section for cables with cable lug in acc. with DIN 46234:
1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 4 × 150 mm2
Tightening torque for 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 44 Nm
Tightening torque for protective conductor: 60 Nm
1500 … 2000 A 1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 10 × 120 mm aluminum busbar, through hole for M12
1C1, 1D1: Aluminum busbar, cross-section 60 x 10 mm / 323 mm wide, insert nut M12
Max. conductor cross-section for cables with cable lug in acc. with DIN 46234:
1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 4 × 240 mm2
1C1, 1D1: 8 × 240 mm2
Tightening torque for 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 44 Nm
Tightening torque for protective conductor: 60 Nm
3 2200 … 3000 A 1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 10 × 120 mm copper busbar, through hole for M12
1C1, 1D1: Copper busbar 60 x 10 mm / 323 mm wide, insert nut M12
Max. conductor cross-section for cables with cable lug in acc. with DIN 46234:
1U1, 1V1, 1W1: 6 × 240 mm2
1C1, 1D1: 8 × 240 mm2
Tightening torque for 1U1, 1V1, 1W1, 1C1, 1D1: 44 Nm
Tightening torque for protective conductor: 60 Nm

The units are designed for a permanent line supply connection

in accordance with DIN VDE 0160-106, Section [Link].
The conductor cross-sections (also for the protective conductor)
must be determined in accordance with the regulations that
apply in each case – e.g. DIN VDE 0276-1000.
Assignment of power connections
Terminal Function Technical data
1U1 Power section line connection See under "Technical specifications" (Rated armature supply voltage)
1V1 armature circuit
1W1
Protective conductor PE

1C1 (1D1) Motor connection, armature cir- See under "Technical specifications" (Rated DC voltage)
1D1 (1C1) cuit

Field circuit
Terminal type, field circuit connections
Units with rated armature DC current 15 ... 850 A:
Type ZFKDS 4-10 PC board terminal
Conductor size • Rigid: 0.2 … 6 mm2
• Flexible: 0.2 … 4 mm2
• Conductor sizes: AWG 24 … 10
• Flexible with end sleeve with/without plastic sleeve: 0.25 … 4 mm2
Stripped length 10 mm
Units with rated armature DC current 900 … 1200 A:
Type 20E/4DS terminal strip
Conductor size • Rigid: 6 … 16 mm2
• Flexible: 6 … 10 mm2
Stripped length 8 mm
Units with rated armature DC current 1500 … 3000 A:
Type UK16N terminal block
Conductor size • Rigid: 2.5 … 25 mm2, AWG 14 … 4
• Flexible: 4 … 16 mm2, AWG 12 … 6
Stripped length 11 mm
Tightening torque 1.5 … 1.8 Nm

3/42 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Circuit diagrams
Terminal type, field circuit connections (continued)
Units with option L85 (with rated field DC current 85 A):
Type UK35 terminal block
Conductor size • Rigid: 0.75 … 50 mm2
• Flexible: 0.75 … 35 mm2
• Conductor sizes: AWG 18 … 0/1
• Flexible with end sleeve with/without plastic sleeve: 0.75 … 35 mm2
Stripped length 16 mm
Tightening torque 3.2 … 3.7 Nm

Assignment of connections for the field circuit

Terminal Function Technical data
XF1: Power section line See under "Technical specifications"

3
3U1, 3W1 connection field circuit (Rated field supply voltage)
XF2-1: 3D Motor connection, See under "Technical specifications"
XF2-2: 3C field circuit (Rated field DC voltage)

Electronics power supply

Terminal type, electronics power supply
Type MSTB 2.5 / CIF plug-in terminal
Conductor size • Rigid: 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
• Flexible: 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
• Conductor sizes: AWG 24 … 12
• Flexible with end sleeve with/without plastic sleeve: 0.25 … 2.5 mm2
Multi-conductor connection (2 conductors of the same type and with same cross-section):
• Rigid: 0.2 … 1 mm2
• Flexible: 0.2 … 1.5 mm2
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve: 0.25 … 1 mm2
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve: 0.5 … 1.5 mm2
Stripped length 7 mm
Tightening torque 0.5 … 0.6 Nm

Assignment of terminals for the electronics power supply

Terminal Connection Function Technical data
XP1
5U1 400 V supply 380 V (-25 %) … 480 V (+10 %) 2 AC; In = 1 A
5W1 (-35 % for 1 min)
5N1 Internal fuse with F200, F201 on Power Interface DC Converter
NC
External protection max. 6 A, characteristic C recommended
or
5U1 230 V supply 190 V (-25 %) … 240 V (+10 %) 1 AC; In = 2 A
5W1 (-35 % for 1 min)
5N1 Internal fuse with F200, F201 on Power Interface DC Converter
External protection max. 6 A, characteristic C recommended
Power Interface DC Converter

Note:
In the case of line supply voltages that fall outside the tolerance
range, the supply voltages for the electronics, field circuit, and
unit fan must be adapted to the permissible value using trans-
formers. An isolation transformer is absolutely essential for rated
line supply voltages above 480 V.
The rated supply voltage for the armature circuit (index i00) and
for the field circuit (index i01) must be set at p50078.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/43

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Circuit diagrams
Fans
Terminal type, fan connections for units with forced ventilation ≥ 400 A
Type DFK-PC4 plug-in terminal
Conductor size • Rigid: 0.2 … 4 mm2
• Flexible: 0.2 … 4 mm2
• Conductor sizes: AWG 24 … 10

The connecting leads must be insulated up to the point where

they meet the terminal enclosure.
Assignment of terminals for fan connection
Terminal Function Technical data
4U1 400 … 460 V supply 400 … 460 V 3 AC
4V1 for additional data, refer under "Technical specifications"

3 4W1
Protective conductor PE

or
4U1 230 V supply 230 V 1 AC
4N1 for additional data, refer under "Technical specifications"

Open-loop and closed-loop control section

Terminal type, open-loop and closed-loop control section
X177:
Type SPT 1.5 spring-loaded terminal
Conductor size • Rigid: 0.2 … 1.5 mm2
• Flexible: 0.2 … 1.5 mm2
• Conductor sizes: AWG 24 … 16
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve: 0.25 … 1.5 mm2 (stripped length, 8 mm)
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve: 0.25 … 0.75 mm2 (stripped length, 8 mm)
Stripped length 10 mm
X178, X179:
Type FMC 1.5 plug-in terminal
Conductor size • Rigid: 0.2 … 1.5 mm2
• Flexible: 0.2 … 1.5 mm2
• Conductor sizes: AWG 24 … 16
• Flexible with end sleeve without plastic sleeve: 0.25 … 1.5 mm2
• Flexible with end sleeve with plastic sleeve: 0.25 … 0.75 mm2
Stripped length 10 mm
XR1, XS1, XT1:
Type MSTB 2.5 / CIF plug-in terminal
Conductor size • Rigid: 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
• Flexible: 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
• Conductor sizes: AWG 24 … 12
• Flexible with end sleeve with/without plastic sleeve: 0.25 … 2.5 mm2
Stripped length 7 mm
Tightening torque 0.5 … 0.6 Nm
X126:
Type Submin D, 9-pin
X100, X101:
Type Western socket 8 / 4 (RJ45)

3/44 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Circuit diagrams
Terminals on Connector Board
Assignment, terminal X177
Terminal Function Technical data
X177
Analog inputs (user-assignable inputs)
1 AI3 + Analog input 3 Input type (signal type):
2 AI3 - Differential input ± 10 V; 150 kΩ
Resolution approx. 5.4 mV (± 11 bits)
3 AI4 + Analog input 4 Common-mode controllability: ± 15 V
4 AI4 -
5 AI5 + Analog input 5
6 AI5 -
7 AI6 + Analog input 6
8 AI6 -

3
Digital inputs (user-assignable inputs)
9 24 V DC 24 V supply (output) 24 V DC, short-circuit proof
10 Max. load 200 mA (terminals 9 and 10 together),
internal supply referred to internal ground
11 DI0 Digital input 0 H signal: +15 … +30 V
L signal: -30 … +5 V or terminal open
12 DI1 Digital input 1 8.5 mA at 24 V
13 DI2 Digital input 2
14 DI3 Digital input 3
Digital inputs/outputs (user-assignable inputs/outputs)
15 DI/ Digital input/ Type, input/output parameterizable
DO4 output 4 Properties of inputs:
H signal: +15 … +30 V
16 DI/ Digital input/ L signal: 0 … +5 V or terminal open
DO5 output 5 8.5 mA at 24 V
17 DI/ Digital input/ Properties of outputs:
DO6 output 6 H signal: +20 … +26 V
18 DI/ Digital input/ L signal: 0 … +2 V
DO7 output 7 Short-circuit proof, 100 mA
Internal protective circuit (free wheeling diode)
For overload: Alarm A60018
19 DO0 Digital output 0 H signal: +20 … +26 V
L signal: 0 … +2 V
20 DO1 Digital output 1 Short-circuit proof, 100 mA
21 DO2 Digital output 2 Internal protective circuit (free wheeling diode)
22 DO3 Digital output 3 For overload: Alarm A60018

23, 24 M Ground, digital

Analog inputs, setpoint inputs (user-assignable inputs)
25 AI0 + Analog input 0 Input type (signal type), parameterizable:
26 AI0 - Main setpoint - Differential input ± 10 V; 150 kΩ
- Current input 0 … 20 mA; 300 Ω or 4 … 20 mA; 300 Ω
27 AI1 + Analog input 1 Resolution approx. 0.66 mV (± 14 bits)
28 AI1 - Common-mode controllability: ± 15 V
29 AI2 + Analog input 2 Input type (signal type):
30 AI2 - - Differential input ± 10 V; 150 kΩ
Resolution approx. 0.66 mV (± 14 bits)
Common-mode controllability: ± 15 V
Reference voltage
31 P10 Reference voltage ± 10 V (output) Tolerance ± 1 % at 25 °C
32 N10 Stability 0.1 % per 10 K
10 mA short-circuit proof
33, 34 M Ground, analog
Serial interface, peer-to-peer RS485
35, 36 M Ground, digital
37 TX+ Send cable + 4-wire send cable, positive differential output
38 TX- Send cable - 4-wire send cable, negative differential output
39 RX+ Receive cable + 4-wire receive cable, positive differential input
40 RX- Receive cable - 4-wire receive cable, negative differential input

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/45

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ Circuit diagrams
Assignment, terminal X177 (continued)
Terminal Function Technical data
X177
Pulse encoder input
41 Pulse encoder supply +13.7 … +15.2 V, 300 mA short-circuit proof (electronically protected)
For overload: Alarm A60018
42 Pulse encoder ground
43 Track 1 positive connection Load: ≤ 5.25 mA at 15 V (without switching losses)
Pulse duty factor: 1:1
44 Track 1 negative connection
See below for data relating to cables, cable length, shield connection,
45 Track 2 positive connection input pulse levels, hysteresis, track displacement, and pulse
46 Track 2 negative connection frequency.

47 Zero mark positive connection

48 Zero mark negative connection

3 Analog outputs (user-assignable outputs)

49 AO0 Analog output 0 ± 10 V, max. 2 mA short-circuit proof, resolution ± 15 bits
50 M Ground, analog
51 AO1 Analog output 1
52 M Ground, analog
Connections for temperature sensor (motor interface 1)
53 Temp 1 Sensor acc. to p50490
The cable to the temperature sensor on the motor must be shielded
54 Temp 2 (sense cable) and connected to ground at both ends.
55 Temp 3 The cables for the Temp 1 and Temp 3 connections to the temperature
sensor must have approximately the same length.
The sense cable (Temp 2) is used for compensating the cable
resistances. If you are not using a sense cable, terminals 54 and 55
must be connected.
56 M Ground, analog
Connector Board

3/46 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ More information
Free function blocks Range of blocks
Application, properties The table below shows the range of free function blocks
available. The special technical properties of the individual
Logic operations, which link several states (e.g. access control, function blocks can be taken from the function block diagrams
plant status) to a control signal (e.g. ON command), are required in Chapter 3 of the Function Manual.
for controlling the drive system in a wide variety of applications.
Along with logic operations, a number of arithmetic operations Short name Name of Data type Count per
and storing elements are becoming increasingly important in function block drive object
drive systems. AND AND function block BOOL 4
This functionality is available as function module "Free function OR OR function block BOOL 4
blocks" (FBLOCKS) for SINAMICS DC MASTER and can be
XOR XOR function block BOOL 4
activated in the Control Unit (CUD). A detailed description is
provided in the Function Manual "Free Function Blocks" NOT Inverter BOOL 4
(see catalog section "Services and documentation"). ADD Adder REAL 2
Configuring and use SUB Subtracter REAL 2
The free function blocks are configured at the parameter level. MUL Multiplier REAL 2 3
The following parameters are required for this: DIV Divider REAL 2
• Input parameters (e.g. inputs I0 ... I3 for the AND function AVA Absolute value generator REAL 2
block) with sign evaluation
• Output parameters (e.g. output Y for the numeric change-over MFP Pulse generator BOOL 2
switch) PCL Pulse shortener BOOL 2
• Adjustable parameters (e.g. pulse duration for pulse PDE ON delay BOOL 2
generator MFP)
PDF OFF delay BOOL 2
• Runtime group (this includes the sampling time; the free func-
tion blocks are not computed in the factory setting) PST Pulse stretcher BOOL 2
• Run sequence within the runtime group RSR RS flip-flop, BOOL 2
reset dominant
A parameter is assigned to each input, output, and setting
variable. These can be accessed by means of the AOP30 DFR D flip-flop, BOOL 2
reset dominant
Advanced Operator Panel or STARTER commissioning software.
The free function blocks can be interconnected at the BICO BSW Binary change-over switch BOOL 2
level. The free function blocks do not support data set NSW Numeric change-over switch REAL 2
dependency.
LIM Limiter REAL 2
PT1 Smoothing element REAL 2
INT Integrator REAL 1
DIF Derivative-action element REAL 1
LVM Double-sided limit monitor BOOL 2
with hysteresis

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/47

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ More information
Drive Control Chart (DCC) Parameterizing devices
The "Drive Control Chart" function (DCC) is available for more BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
complex applications.
DCC allows you to graphically configure the required functional-
ity and then download it to the drive. It provides a significantly
extended range of block types available.
In online operation, the signal values can be monitored in
STARTER/SCOUT in the DCC chart.
Power section and cooling
SINAMICS DC MASTER converters distinguish themselves as a
result of the compact, space-saving design. The electronics
module (available in various customer-specific combinations
with options) is installed in a cradle that can be swiveled out. The
3 easy access to individual components makes this technology
very service-friendly.
Plug-in terminals are used to connect external signals (binary
inputs/outputs, analog inputs/outputs, pulse generators etc.).
The firmware is saved in a flash EPROM and can be easily
exchanged by loading via the serial interface of the SINAMICS
DC MASTER. BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
Power section: Armature and field circuit As standard, all of the units are equipped with a BOP20 Basic
Operator Panel from the SINAMICS family.
The armature circuit is implemented as a three-phase bridge
circuit: The basic operator panel offers customers a basic functionality
• For units for two-quadrant operation, in a fully-controlled for commissioning as well as operator control and monitoring.
three-phase bridge circuit B6C Faults can be acknowledged, parameters set and diagnostics
• For units for four-quadrant operation in two fully-controlled information read out (e.g. alarm and fault messages) using the
three-phase bridge circuits (B6) A (B6) C. BOP20.
The field circuit is implemented in a half-controlled single-phase The BOP20 has a backlit two-line display area and 6 keys.
bridge circuit B2HZ.
The BOP20 power supply and communication with the CUD
In the case of units with a 15 A to 1200 A rated DC current, the Control Unit are established via the connector integrated at the
power sections for the armature and field include electrically rear of the BOP20.
isolated thyristor modules, which means that the heat sink is
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
floating. For units up to 30 A, the armature and field power
sections are implemented in the form of a printed circuit board
with compact modules that are soldered on.
For units with rated currents ≥ 1500 A, the power section for the
armature circuit uses disc-type thyristors and heat sinks at
voltage potential. For units from 1500 to 3000 A, the thyristor
phases are implemented as plug-in modules and can therefore
be quickly replaced.
Checking the motor insulation has been significantly simplified
due to the fact that the line supply voltage sensing for the
armature and the field sections is electrically isolated.
Cooling
Units with a rated DC current up to 125 A are designed for
natural air cooling, units with a rated current above 210 A are
designed for forced air cooling (fan). The fans are always
horizontally mounted at the top so that they can be quickly
replaced without having to disconnect the power connections.

The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is an optional input/output

device for SINAMICS DC MASTER converters. It can be
separately ordered. You will find additional information about the
AOP30 in catalog section "Accessories and supplementary
components".
PC based parameterization
The STARTER tool is available for PC-based commissioning and
diagnostics. More detailed information is provided in catalog
section 5 "Tools and engineering".

3/48 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ More information
Closed-loop control and open-loop drive control Important inputs include:
The closed-loop control and open-loop drive control is essen- • Setpoint input, supplementary setpoint input
tially designed for supplying the armature and field of variable- • Ramp-function generator input
speed DC drives. • Speed controller input
Using BICO technology permits the closed-loop and open-loop • Armature current controller input
drive control structure to be simply adapted to the application-
specific requirements as well as the use in alternative applica- • Armature gating unit input
tions (e.g. as excitation equipment for synchronous motors). • Speed setpoint limiting (before and after the ramp-function
generator)
The most important functions of the closed-loop control include:
• Torque limiting
• Setpoint processing (including digital setpoints, jogging,
motorized potentiometer) • Armature current limiting
• Ramp-function generator • Signal source for binary and analog outputs
• Speed controller actual value processing Data sets
• Speed controller
• Torque and armature current control
Many open-loop and closed-loop control parameters depend on
the particular data set. This means that they have several indices 3
where various values can be set. All data set dependent param-
• Closed-loop armature current control eters can be simultaneously switched over to another data set
• Armature gating unit using binary control signals.
• Closed-loop EMF control There are two groups of data set-dependent parameters:
• Closed-loop field current control • DDS parameters:
• Field gating unit Parameters that are associated with the drive data set (DDS).
The drive data set contains various adjustable parameters that
BICO technology are relevant for open-loop and closed-loop drive control.
BICO technology (Binector Connector Technology) allows signal • CDS parameters:
paths to be defined (and therefore the controller structure) using Parameters that are associated with the command data set
parameters. (CDS). Many BICO selection parameters are combined in the
Mode of operation: command data set. These parameters are used to
All important points of the closed-loop control are accessible via interconnect the signal sources of a drive.
connectors. By parameterizing several command data sets and switching
Connectors are measuring points that are mapped to display between them, the drive can be operated with different
parameters. pre-configured signal sources.
Important connectors include:
• Analog inputs and outputs
• Interface inputs (e.g. PROFIBUS)
• Actual value sensing inputs (e.g. speed, armature current,
armature voltage)
• Inputs and outputs of the ramp-function generator, speed
controller, armature current controller, armature gating unit,
EMF controller, field current controller, field gating unit
• General quantities such as operating state, motor temperature
rise, thyristor temperature rise
All important binary signals of the closed-loop and open-loop
control are accessible via binectors.
Binectors are measuring points for binary signals, which are
mapped to display parameters.
Important binectors include:
• Status of binary inputs
• Control words, status words
• Status of controllers, limits, faults
All of the important inputs of the open-loop and closed-loop
control can be interconnected using BICO selection parameters.
This means that by setting the corresponding BICO selection
parameter, a connection can be established between any
connector or binector.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/49

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ More information
Optimization run Automatic restart: An automatic restart is possible within a time
that can be parameterized between 0 and 10 s. If the time is set
The SINAMICS DC MASTER converter units are supplied with to zero, a fault message is immediately output (for power failure)
the factory settings. Controller setting is supported by selecting without a restart. A restart can be selected for the following fault
automatic optimization runs. The selection is made using special messages: Phase failure (field or armature), undervoltage,
key numbers. overvoltage, electronics power supply failure, undervoltage
The following controller functions can be set using an automatic condition at the parallel SINAMICS DC MASTER.
optimization run: A distinction is made between the following groups of fault
• Current controller optimization run to set the current controller messages:
and pre-controls (armature and field circuit). • Power system faults: Phase failure, fault in the field circuit,
• Speed controller optimization run for setting the speed undervoltage, overvoltage, line frequency < 45 or > 65 Hz
controller characteristics; automatic recording of the friction • Interface faults: CUD interfaces or interfaces to the
and moment of inertia compensation for the speed controller supplementary boards faulted
pre-control.
• Drive faults:
• Automatic recording of the field characteristic for an
3
Controller monitoring for speed controller,
EMF-dependent field-weakening control and automatic Current controller, EMF controller,
optimization of the EMF controller for field-weakening Field current controller has responded,
operation. Drive stalled,
• In addition, all of the parameters set during the automatic No armature current possible
optimization runs can be changed via the operator panel. • Electronic motor overload protection (I2t monitoring of the
Monitoring and diagnostics motor has responded)
Displaying operating values • Tachometer monitoring and overspeed signal
• Commissioning fault
The operating state of the converter is displayed using a param-
eter. Several hundred signals can be displayed via parameter or • Fault on the electronics module
selected for output on the display unit. Examples of measured • Fault message from the thyristor check: This fault message
values that can be displayed: Setpoints, actual values, status of can only occur if the thyristor check has been activated using
binary inputs/outputs, line supply voltage, line frequency, firing the appropriate parameter. In this case, a check is made as to
angle, inputs/outputs of the analog terminals, controller input whether the thyristors can be blocked and whether they can
and output, limits. be fired.
Trace function • Fault messages from the motor sensor system:
Monitoring of brush length, bearing condition, motor fan,
Up to eight measured quantities can be saved by selecting the motor temperature
trace function. A measured quantity or the occurrence of a fault
signal can be parameterized as trigger condition. By selecting a • External faults via binary user-assignable terminals
trigger delay, it is also possible to record (trace) the pre-history The fault messages can be individually deactivated using a
and post-history of events. The sampling time of the measured parameter. Some fault messages are already deactivated in the
value storage can be parameterized. factory and can be activated using this parameter.
The measured values can be output via the serial interfaces Alarms
using the STARTER commissioning tool.
Alarm messages display special states; however, they do not
Fault messages cause the drive to be switched off. Alarms that occur do not have
A number is assigned to each fault message. In addition, the to be acknowledged, but rather they are automatically reset as
operating hour of the event is saved together with the fault mes- soon as the cause of the alarm is no longer present.
sage. This allows the cause of the fault to be quickly pinpointed. When one or several alarms occur
By using the optional AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel, fault • the binary output function "Alarm" is set to LOW
messages can be stamped in real time. Then, instead of the (user-assignable function) and
operating hour of the event, the day and the time of day of the
event is displayed in the AOP30 fault list. For diagnostic • the alarm is displayed by the flashing "Fault" LED.
purposes, the last eight fault messages are saved with fault A distinction is made between the following groups of alarms:
number, fault value and the operating hours.
• Motor overtemperature: The calculated I2t value of the motor
When a fault occurs has reached 100 %.
• the binary output function "Fault" is set to LOW • Alarms from the motor sensor system: Monitoring of brush
(user-assignable function), length, bearing condition, air flow, motor temperature
• the drive is switched off (controller inhibit, current I = 0 is • Drive alarms: Drive has stalled, no armature current possible
entered, pulses are inhibited, the relay "line contactor CLOSE" • External alarms via binary user-assignable terminals
drops out) and
• Alarms from supplementary modules
• an F is displayed with fault number, LED "Fault" is lit.
Fault messages should either be acknowledged via the operator
panel, a binary user-assignable terminal or a serial interface.
The "switch-on inhibit" state is reached after the fault has been
acknowledged. "Switch-on inhibit" is canceled by an OFF
command.

3/50 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ More information
Functions of the inputs and outputs Binary user-assignable inputs:
Additional binary input terminals are available for user-assign-
Analog user-assignable inputs able functions. In this case, a binector number is assigned to
After converting to a digital value, the quantity of the analog every user-assignable terminal, which can be used for control
inputs can be flexibly adapted via parameters for scaling, filter, functions.
sign selection and offset input. The values are available as Examples of binary input functions:
connector. This is the reason that the analog inputs can be
effective as main setpoint and also as quantity for a supplemen- • Voltage disconnect (OFF 2): For OFF 2 (L signal), the control-
tary setpoint or a limit. lers are instantaneously inhibited, the current in the armature
circuit is reduced and at I = 0, the main contactor is opened.
Analog outputs The drive coasts down uncontrolled.
Selectable analog outputs are available to output analog sig- • Quick stop (OFF 3): For a quick stop (L signal), the speed
nals. Analog signals can be output as bipolar signal or as abso- setpoint at the speed controller input is set to zero and the
lute value. In this case, scaling, an offset, polarity and a filter time drive is braked along the current limit for quick stop (parame-
can be parameterized. The required output quantities are terizable). At n < nmin after the brake control delay time I = 0
selected at the intervention points by entering connector num- is entered and the main contactor is opened.
bers. For instance, speed actual value, ramp-function generator
output, current setpoint, line supply voltage etc. can be output.
• Jogging: The jogging function is available for an L signal at
terminal switch-on/shutdown, for an H signal at terminal
3
Binary inputs operating enable and when the jogging function is controlled.
In this case, the main contactor is closed and the drive
• Switch-on/shutdown (OFF 1) accelerates up to the jogging setpoint defined in a parameter.
This terminal function is ANDed with the control bit of the serial When the jogging signal is withdrawn, the drive is braked to
interface. For an H signal at terminal switch-on/shutdown, the n < nmin; after this, the controllers are inhibited and the main
main contactor closes via an internal sequence control. The contactor is opened after a parameterizable time (0 to 60 s).
controllers are enabled if there is an H signal at the operating Further, it can be selected as to whether the ramp-function
enable terminal. The drive accelerates up to the operating generator is active or ramp-up time = ramp-down time = 0 is
speed with the speed setpoint. For an L signal at the terminal used.
switch-on/shutdown, the drive is ramp-down to speed
n < nmin via the ramp-function generator; after the brake Binary outputs
control delay time, the controllers are inhibited and at I = 0, the
main contactor is opened. After this, after an adjustable time User-assignable signaling functions are available at the binary
after the main contactor has dropped out, the field current is output terminals (open emitter output). Any binector quantity,
reduced to the standstill field current (this can be parameter- which can be selected via the associated user-assignable
ized). The standstill field can e.g. be used as anti-condensa- parameter, can be output for each terminal. The polarity of the
tion heating for the motor; to do this, approximately 30 % of the output signal and an adjustable delay time (0 to 10 s) can be
rated field current must be entered as standstill field. The selected using parameters.
motor fan must be operational for a field current of 100 % of Examples of binary output functions:
the rated field current. Otherwise, the field winding will be • Fault: An L signal is output when a fault message is present.
overloaded.
• n < nmin: An H signal is output for speeds less than nmin.
• Operating enable This signal is used, for instance, as a zero speed signal.
This function is ANDed with the control bit of the serial
interface. The controllers are enabled with an H signal at the • Switch-on command for a mechanical brake: A motor brake
operating enable terminal. For an L signal, the controllers are can be controlled using this signal.
inhibited and at I = 0 the pulses are inhibited. The signal When switching on the drive using the "switch-on" function and
operating enable has a high priority; this means that if the entering "operating enable", an H signal is output to open the
signal (L signal) is withdrawn in operation, then this always brake, in this case, the internal controller enable is delayed by a
results in I = 0 and therefore the drive coasts down. parameterizable time (wait for the mechanical brake opening
time to expire). When shutting down the drive using the
"shutdown" function or "quick stop", an L signal is output to close
the brake when speed n < nmin is reached. At the same time, the
internal controller enable is present for a parameterizable time
(wait for the mechanical brake closing time to expire):
When I = 0 is entered, the pulses are inhibited and the main
contactor is opened.
An additional operating mode can be selected using the "close
brake" signal (L signal at the binary user-assignable output). As
a consequence, when the "internal controller inhibit" is present
(the drive is in a no-current condition), the drive does not wait for
the status n < nmin, but the brake is already controlled (operating
brake) at speeds greater than nmin.
Internal control inhibit is present when a fault message occurs,
when the voltage is disconnected or the operating enable -
terminal operating enable - is withdrawn in operation.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/51

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ More information
Safety shutdown (E-STOP) Peer-to-peer protocol
The E-STOP function is used to open the relay contact for the The peer-to-peer protocol is used to connect devices with one
main contactor control within approximately 15 ms inde- another. For this operating mode, data is exchanged between
pendently of semiconductor components and the correct converters via a serial interface, e.g. to establish a setpoint
functioning of the CUD. If the CUD is operating correctly, cascade. By using a serial interface as four-wire cable, data can
entering I = 0 via the control ensures that the main contactor is be received from the previous unit that is then processed
switched in a no-current condition. The drive coasts down once (e.g. by being multiplied) and then transferred to the following
E-STOP has been entered. unit. Only one serial interface is used for this purpose.
After the E-STOP has been reset, the drive goes into the The following data can be exchanged between converters:
"switch-on inhibit" operating state. This must be acknowledged • Sending control words and actual values.
by activating the "shutdown" function e.g. by opening terminal
switch-on/shutdown. • Receiving status words and setpoints.

Note: In this case, up to five data words are transferred in both the
The E-STOP function is not an EMERGENCY OFF function in the send and receive directions. Data is exchanged via connector
numbers and intervention points.
3
sense of EN 60204-1.
Serial interfaces The serial interfaces can be simultaneously operated. A connec-
tion to the automation (USS protocol) can be established via the
The following serial interfaces are available for each CUD: first interface for control, diagnostics and to enter the main
• A serial interface on the Standard CUD and Advanced CUD setpoint. A second interface is used to realize a setpoint
for the USS protocol according to RS232 or RS485 to connect cascade function via the peer-to-peer protocol.
the optional AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel or for STARTER Control terminal block
via a PC.
Terminals on the CUD
• A serial interface at the terminals of the Standard CUD and
Advanced CUD, RS485 two-wire or four-wire for a peer-to- • Reference voltage P10, 10 mA load rating,
peer connection. Reference voltage N10, 10 mA load rating
• PROFIBUS DP as standard on the Standard CUD and • 2 analog inputs via differential amplifier,
Advanced CUD resolution ± 14 bits
0 ... ± 10 V, 0 ... ± 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
• PROFINET via the CBE20 Communication Board on the
Advanced CUD (option) • 1 analog input via differential amplifier,
resolution ± 14 bits
• EtherNet/IP via the CBE20 Communication Board on the 0 ... ± 10 V
Advanced CUD (option)
• 4 analog inputs via differential amplifier,
• DRIVE-CLiQ on Advanced CUD (option) to connect optional resolution ± 11 bits
SINAMICS components SMC10, SMC30, TM15, TM31 and 0 ... ± 10 V
TM150 • One analog input for motor temperature sensor via Pt100, PTC or
Note: A maximum of three Terminal Modules per Advanced KTY84
CUD can be connected as a combination of TM15, TM31 and
TM150. A maximum of one TM150 is permitted. Furthermore, • 2 analog outputs, referred to ground, 0 ... ± 10 V, ± 15-bit resolution,
max. 2 mA
a SMC10 or SMC30 Sensor Module can be added.
• Pulse encoder evaluation for 5 or 24 V encoder, 2 tracks and zero
Physics of the interfaces mark, maximum frequency 300 kHz
• RS232: ± 5 V interface for the point-to-point connection • P15 power supply, 200 mA for a pulse encoder
• RS485: 3.3 V common mode interface, interference-proof, • 4 binary inputs, referred to ground, 2 with selectable function
additionally for one bus connection with a maximum of
31 participants connected to the bus • 4 binary inputs/outputs, referred to ground, outputs with open emitter
P24, 100 mA load rating
USS protocol
• 4 binary outputs, referred to ground, open emitter P24, 100 mA
Open Siemens protocol, can be simply programmed e.g. on the load rating
PC in third-party systems, any master interfaces can be used. • One serial interface, RS485 two-wire or four-wire, max. 187.5 kBaud
The drives operate as slaves connected to a master. The drives
are selected using a slave number. • P24 power supply to control the binary inputs

The following data exchange is possible via the USS protocol: • Terminals for equipment ground "digital" (e.g.: to connect the loads of
the binary outputs)
• PKW data to read and write parameters
• Terminals for equipment ground "analog" (e.g.: to connect the
• PZD data (process data) such as control words, setpoints, reference potentials of analog inputs)
status words, actual values
• Connector to connect an AOP30
The send data (actual values) are selected by entering connec- • Connector to connect a serial RS232 interface and a 5 V power
tor numbers in the parameters, the receive data (setpoints) supply, 300 mA (e.g.: for a pulse encoder)
represent the connector numbers, that can act at any interven-
tion points. Terminals on the gating module
• Analog tachometer 8 to 270 V for maximum speed
• E-STOP

3/52 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
DC Converters

■ More information
Interface to the motor
Motor temperature monitoring
Either PTC thermistors or linear temperature sensors
(KTY84-130) can be connected. One input is provided on the
Standard CUD and one input on the Advanced CUD option for
this purpose. An alarm or fault message can be parameterized
for PTC thermistors. When using a KTY84-130, one threshold can
be entered for an alarm and one threshold for shutdown (trip).
The limit values are displayed and entered in °C.
In addition, a thermo switch can be evaluated by the
Advanced CUD (option). A parameterizable alarm or fault
message can be output when the thermo switch responds
(this is a binary switching signal). The evaluation is realized via
a binary user-assignable input.
Brush length monitoring
3
The brush length is monitored using a floating microswitch; the
shortest brush is evaluated. If the useful brush life has expired,
then the microswitch opens; an alarm or fault message can be Customer benefits:
parameterized. The evaluation is realized via a binary user- • High power density with low envelope dimensions
assignable input. • High degree of operational reliability and availability through a
Monitoring the motor fan air flow wide range of diagnostic features, in conjunction with the
SINAMICS DC MASTER converter
The air flow is monitored by an air flow monitor integrated in the
air flow circuit of the motor fan. When this responds, an alarm or • High thermal reserves for continuous and overload conditions
fault message is issued. The evaluation is realized via a binary as a result of the DURIGNIT 2000® insulation system
user-assignable input. • Low losses through a very good efficiency
Siemens DC motors • Long brush lifetimes through an optimized current
commutation system
Although the end of DC technology has been forecast now for
Technical specifications
many years, we will keep hold of our DC technology and it will
remain in our portfolio. When all is said and done, DC motors Power range 31.5 … 1610 kW
have proven themselves in daily use for decades now and they Rated armature voltage 420 … 810 V DC
are essentially indispensable.
Excitation Separately excited
In conjunction with the SINAMICS DC MASTER converters, they
always form the ideal team – wherever favorably-priced drive Shaft heights 160 … 630 mm
technology and the highest degree of availability are demanded. Number of poles 4- and 6-pole
These motors can also be used where space is restricted thanks Speed Up to 4500 rpm
to their compact and modular design. Degree of protection IP23 and IP54
Further, an extensive range of equipment and devices for Type of construction IM B3, IM B35, IM V1 and others
mounting on the motor is available. A wide range of monitoring
Cooling method IC06/IC17/IC37/IC A06 A66/IC W37 A86
and diagnostic options facilitate reliable and disturbance-free
operation. Stator version Fully laminated
Detailed specifications regarding quality assurance and Standards IEC, EN, DIN, VDE
improvement are integrated in all of the various operations and Operation Converter operation, 2Q and 4Q,
processes - from motor development through to production and S1 – S9
service. Quality management coordinates the interaction be-
tween all of the company processes to ensure error-free and Typical applications:
smooth processes. • Lift and cableway drives
It goes without saying that our stringent quality requirements • Rolling mill drives and winders
also apply to our suppliers. All of the suppliers must seamlessly • Hoisting and travel gear drives for cranes
integrate themselves into our quality management system.
• Extruders in the plastics industry
The result: Only fault-free and high quality materials are released • Drives for printing machines
for use in our motor production.
• Drives for paper machines
Additional information on Siemens DC motors is available in the
Internet under:
[Link]

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/53

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
Control Module

■ Application ■ Design
The SINAMICS DC MASTER Control Module sets itself apart as
a result of its compact, space-saving design. The compact
design where all of the individual components are easily acces-
sible offers a high degree of service friendliness.
In order to be able to optimally use the mounting and installation
possibilities in the plant or system, the SINAMICS DC MASTER
Control Module can be split depthwise. In addition, the PC
boards for generating and distributing firing pulses, and for fuse
monitoring and voltage sensing are designed in such a way that
they can be installed outside the device in close proximity to the
power section.
Alternatively, when commissioning the drive system with
STARTER, the adaptations, settings and measured value
displays required can be made using the BOP20 Basic Operator
Panel or the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel.
3 The AOP30 offers a favorably-priced alternative to measuring
equipment installed in the electrical cabinet.
The SINAMICS DC MASTER Control Module is mainly used for The field is supplied from a single-phase, semi-controlled bridge
retrofitting and modernizing DC drives in existing plants and circuit B2HZ. The field power section is implemented using
systems. There are many older DC installations in existence electrically insulated thyristor modules, which means that the
which cannot be linked to modern automation systems. heat sink is floating.
When such plants and systems are retrofitted or upgraded, the
motor, mechanical system and power section are retained and
only the closed-loop control section is replaced by a Control
Module. As a consequence, an extremely favorably-priced
modern DC drive is obtained with the full functional scope of the
well-proven, fully digital units from the SINAMICS DC MASTER
series.
The new system is adapted to the configuration of the existing
components using simple parameterization.
The SINAMICS DC MASTER Control Module contains a power
section for the field supply with a rated current of 40 A.

3/54 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
Control Module

■ Technical specifications
For general technical specifications, see section "DC Converters"
Type
6RA8000-0MV62-0AA0
Rated armature supply voltage that can be sensed V 50/125/250/575/1000
Rated supply voltage, electronics power supply V 24 V DC (18 … 30 V DC); In = 5 A
Rated field supply voltage 1) V 480 2 AC (+10/-20 %)
Rated frequency Hz 45 … 65
Rated DC field voltage 1) V Max. 390
Rated DC field current A 40
Normal ambient temperature in operation °C 0 … +55
Dimensions
• Width mm 271
• Height mm 388
• Depth
Weight, approx.
mm
kg
253
12
3

1) The field supply voltage can lie below the rated field voltage (set using a
parameter, input voltages of up to 85 V are permissible). The output voltage
decreases accordingly. The specified DC output voltage can be
maintained up to an undervoltage of 5 % of the line supply voltage (rated
field supply voltage).

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/55

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
Control Module

■ Selection and ordering data

Rated data Control Module Fuses
Armature circuit Field circuit Field circuit
Rated supply voltage 1) Rated supply voltage 1) Rated current Article No. Type
V V A 1 each
50/125/250/575/1000 3 AC 480 2 AC (+10/-20 %) 40 6RA8000-0MV62-0AA0 3NE1802-0 2)

■ Options
Note:
When ordering a unit with options, add the suffix "-Z" to the Example:
Article No. of the unit and then state the order code(s) for the 6RA8000-0MV62-0AA0-Z
desired option(s) after the suffix. G00+G20+L10+...
Available options

3 The following table provides an overview of the available options. Detailed descriptions of the options are provided in the section
"Description of options".
Designation Order code Notes Article No. for separate order
not coated coated
CUD
Standard CUD left (Standard) – 6RY1803-0AA00-0AA1 6RY1803-0AA20-0AA1
Advanced CUD left G00 – 6RY1803-0AA05-0AA1 6RY1803-0AA25-0AA1
Standard CUD right G10 This option requires an Advanced CUD 6RY1803-0AA00-0AA1 4) 6RY1803-0AA20-0AA1 4)
left – order code G00
Advanced CUD right G11 This option requires an Advanced CUD 6RY1803-0AA05-0AA1 4) 6RY1803-0AA25-0AA1 4)
left – order code G00
Communication Board CBE20 G20 This option requires an Advanced CUD – 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
left left – order code G00
Communication Board CBE20 G21 This option requires an Advanced CUD – 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
right right – order code G11
Memory card left S01 – 6RX1800-0AS01 –
Memory card right S02 This option requires a Standard CUD 6RX1800-0AS01 –
right – order code G10 – or an Advanced
CUD right – order code G11
Field
Field power section 1Q (Standard) – – 3) – 3)
Field power section 2Q L11 – – 3) – 3)
Without field power section L10 – – –
Additional options
Terminal Module Cabinet G63 – 6RY1803-0AB05 –
Coated PCBs M08 – – –
Nickel-plated copper busbars M10 – – –
Control for switching over the S50 – – –
power section topology for
parallel and series connections
Extension of the liability for Q80 ... Q85 See section – –
defects "Description of options"

1) 50/60 Hz 4) The Standard CUD (uncoated 6RY1803-0AA00-0AA1; coated 6RY1803-

2) UL-recognized 0AA20-0AA1) and the Advanced CUD (uncoated 6RY1803-0AA05-0AA1;
3)
coated 6RY1803-0AA25-0AA1) can be inserted in either the left-hand or the
Available as a spare part. right-hand slot and therefore have an article number which does not refer to
a specific slot. A Connector Board (6RY1803-0GA00 or 6RY1803-0GA20) is
also needed in order to retrofit a CUD.

3/56 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
Control Module

■ Accessories
The SINAMICS DC MASTER Control Module can be split up into Optional, pre-fabricated cable sets are available to connect the
several individual modules. These can be mounted separately individual modules. This means that the drive system can be
from one another. quickly but also flexibly adapted to the plant or system
configuration.
Description Content Connection Article No.
Rear enclosure part including Set of loose parts 6RY1805-0CM00
accessories for mounting the
firing pulse transformer module
and/or fuse monitoring module
for a parallel connection
Pre-fabricated connection set 2x 26-core ribbon cables from X21A, X22A on PCB -A7109- 6RY1807-0CM01
ribbon cable: shielded (3 m long) to X21A, X22A on PCB -A7043-
To connect the two cradles 1x 10-core ribbon cable from X23B on PCB -A7109- to
when separately mounted shielded (3 m long) X23B on PCB -A7118-
1x 20-core ribbon cable from XF1 on PCB -A7109-
shielded (3 m long) to XF1 on PCB -A7116-
1x RJ45 patch cable
shielded (3 m long)
from X45 on PCB -A7109-
to X45 on PCB -A7117-
3
Pre-fabricated connection set 2x 26-core ribbon cables from X21A, X22A on PCB -A7109- 6RY1807-0CM02
ribbon cable: shielded (10 m long) to X21A, X22A on PCB -A7043-
To connect the two cradles 1x 10-core ribbon cable from X23B on PCB -A7109- to
when separately mounted shielded (10 m long) X23B on PCB -A7118-
1x 20-core ribbon cable from XF1 on PCB -A7109-
shielded (10 m long) to XF1 on PCB -A7116-
1x RJ45 patch cable from X45 on PCB -A7109-
shielded (10 m long) to X45 on PCB -A7117-
Pre-fabricated connection set 2x 2-core twisted cables from XB on PCB -A7109- to the current transformers 6RY1707-0CM03 1)
for current transformer (2 m long)
Pre-fabricated connection set 2x 2-core cables from XB on PCB -A7109- to the current transformers 6RY1707-0CM04 1)
for current transformer shielded (10 m long)
Pre-fabricated connection set 1x 2-core shielded cable from XT6 on PCB -A7109- to temperature sensor on the heat 6RY1707-0CM05 1)
for heat sink temperature (10 m long) sink
sensing
Pre-fabricated connection set Connection set for 12x from XIMP11, XIMP12, XIMP13, XIMP14, XIMP15, XIMP16 6RY1707-0CM06 1)
for firing pulse 2-core twisted cables XIMP21, XIMP22, XIMP23, XIMP24, XIMP25, XIMP26 to the
(3 m long) thyristors
Pre-fabricated connection set 6x 2-core twisted cables from XS1_5, XS2_5, XS3_5, XS4_5, XS5_5, XS6_5, XS7_5, 6RY1807-0CM07
for fuse monitoring (10 m long) XS8_5, XS9_5, XS10_5, XS11_5, XS12_5 or XS1_4, XS2_4,
XS3_4, XS4_4, XS5_4, XS6_4, XS7_4, XS8_4, XS9_4,
XS10_4, XS11_4, XS12_4 or XS1_3, XS2_3, XS3_3, XS4__3,
XS5_3, XS6_3, XS7_3, XS8_3, XS9_3, XS10_
Pre-fabricated connection set 1x 3-core twisted cable from XU6, XV6, XW6 or XU5, XV5, XW5 or XU4, XV4, XW4 or 6RY1807-0CM08
for voltage sensing U-V-W (3 m long) XU3, XV3, XW3 or XU2, XV2, XW2 or
1x 2-core twisted cable XU1, XV1, XW1 depending on voltage (5.6 V, 50 V, 125 V,
C-D (3 m long) 250 V, 575 V or 1000 V) to supply XC6, XD6 or XC5, XD5 or
XC4, XD4 or XC3, XD3 or XC2, XD2
Pre-fabricated connection set 12x 2-core twisted cables from XIMP1, XIMP4 or XIMP2, XIMP5 or XIMP3, XIMP6 on 6RY1707-0CM13 1)
for controlling the firing pulse (1 m long) PCB -A7043- (side sections) to firing pulse transformer
transformers modules (single boards) with terminals X11, X12, X13, X14,
X15, X16, X21, X22, X23, X24, X25, X26
Pre-fabricated connection set 2x 12-core cables, shielded from XIMP1, XIMP4 and/or XIMP2, XIMP5 and/or XIMP3, 6RY1707-0CM10 1)
for controlling firing pulse (10 m long) XIMP6 on PCB -A7043- to external firing pulse transformers
transformers
Pre-fabricated connection set 2x 26-core ribbon cables from X21A, X22A on PCB -A7109- 6RY1807-0CM11
for mounting cradles next to shielded (0.68 m long) to X21A, X22A on PCB -A7043-
each other 1x 10-core ribbon cable from X23B on PCB -A7109- to
shielded (0.5 m long) X23B on PCB -A7118-
1x 20-core ribbon cable from XF1 on PCB -A7109-
shielded (0.76 m long) to XF1 on PCB -A7116-
1x RJ45 patch cable from X45 on PCB -A7109-
shielded (1 m long) to X45 on PCB -A7117-
Fuse monitoring distribution Module including 3 m ribbon X23A on Power Interface Control Module and 6RY1803-0CM26
module for parallel connection cable to connect to the fuse monitor
of fuse monitors SINAMICS DCM Control
Module; can be snapped onto
standard mounting rails
according to EN 50022-35x7.5

1)
Unchanged when compared to the SIMOREG DC-MASTER Control
Module.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/57

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
Control Module

■ Circuit diagrams

1 E-STOP 24 V DC

XT1

103

106
104

105
XS1
M M - +

270 V
M XM XP
ES/P24 24 V

8-
X177
1
U X108
2 #
Analog inputs

3 Analog
U tachometer
4 #

Connector Board

Allocation Board
5 E-STOP

Control Unit
U Power ON
6 # M N P

and
Electr. power supply
7
U Fan ON
8 #
Fuse OK
9
P24_S (200 mA max.)

3
10
Digital inputs

M Line voltage, armature

11
Armature voltage
12
2) 13
14
Firing pulses, armature
15
inputs/outputs

16
Digital

17

18 Memory card
P24 BOP20 M
19 operator panel
Digital outputs

20
X134

1)
21 Option module interface Armature
(OMI slot) current
22
23 P24 X165 Parallel
24 interface (2 x)
M digital

25
U X166 AOP30 operator
26 V/I # panel (accessory)
Analog inputs

27 X126 Load resistor

U PROFIBUS
28 V/I #
29 X100
U 1) DRIVE-CLiQ
30 #
31 X101
P10 ± 1% / 10 mA 1) DRIVE-CLiQ
32 N10 ± 1% / 10 mA
Main setpoint
33
X178 Temperature monitoring
34
M analog RS485 BA
35
M digital or USS Temperature monitoring
peer-to-peer

36 interface
interface

37 X179
Serial

RS232 or
TX+
38 USS
TX- interface
RX+ 39
RX- 40 BA D 49
A 50
Analog
41 D 51 outputs
P15 A 52
Supply 42
Pulse encoder

M (300 mA max.)
43 M analog Fan OK
Motor
Track 1 44 temp.
53
45
sense 54 External fault
Track 2 46
1mA 55
47
56
Zero mark 48 Line voltage, field
M analog
Firing pulses, field
X177
Field current actual value
BA = electronically switchable bus termination
2) T. X177.12 = /OFF1 1) to 2nd CUD (option) V/I = electronically switchable voltage/
T. X177.13 = enable current input
1) Only on Advanced CUD Power interface

3/58 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
Control Module

■ Circuit diagrams

1 AC 50 ... 60 Hz, 230 V

3 AC 50 ... 60 Hz, 400 V

3 AC 50 ... 60 Hz
20 ... 1 000 V

109
K2
110 K1
XR1
K1
120
3U1 3W1
121 K2
XL1 50 V 125 V 250 V 575 V 1 000 V
XS1_5 XS1_4 XS1_3 XS1_2 XS1_1 1 K3
. . . . . .
. . . . . .

4W1
1W1

4U1
4V1
1U1
1V1
X23B
. . . . . .

3
X23B XS12_5 XS12_4 XS12_3 XS12_2 XS12_1 12

Fuses
Fuse monitoring
X45

X21A
Line voltage,
armature 5.6 V 50 V125 V 250 V 575 V 1 000 V
X22A VU ~
X_I_IST XU6 XU5 XU4 XU3 XU2 XU1 U
~
X45 XV6 XV5 XV4 XV3 XV2 XV1 V
External VW ~
current actual XW6 XW5 XW4 XW3 XW2 XW1 W
~ XC6 XC5 XC4 XC3 XC2 XC1
XB5 value 1C1
Analog = XD6 XD5 XD4 XD3 XD2 XD1 1D1
XB6 input CUD = 1)
Armature
XB7 voltage
Voltage sensing
XB8 3. Current External
transformer power
section
Firing pulse transformer Firing pulse
module transformer X12_1(W)
module X14_1(U)
XIMP XIMP X16_1(V)
δ
_1...3 11...16 X15_1(1C1)
XB1
M
XB2
X21A ~
XB3
X11... 16
XB4 Fan
X21... 26 moni-
X22A XIMP toring
_4...6

XIMP X25_1
Current transformers 21...26 (1D1)
X21PAR X22PAR
Temperature sensor
Fan monitoring 1) Voltage sensing from firing pulse transformer module or directly
1 from the power section
XT5 3
1
XT6 3

1C1 1D1
(1D1) (1C1)
122
123
Firing pulses, field
124
External M
125 fault
XL2 # Analog tachometer
U Line voltage, field
G
1 Terminals
3C XT1(103, 104)
# Field current actual +
U value Shunt
3D Pulse encoder
-
XF1 Terminals
2 X177 (41...48)
Field module
G_D023_EN_00069a

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 3/59

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
DC Converter and Control Module
Notes

3/60 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 4
© Siemens 2020

Accessories and supplementary components

4/2 AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel 4/18 Commutating reactors

4/2 Overview 4/18 Overview
4/3 Function 4/21 Selection and ordering data
4/3 Selection and ordering data
4/24 Circuit breakers and contactors
4/4 SMC10 Sensor Module 4/24 Overview
Cabinet-Mounted 4/24 • Selection criteria
4/4 Overview
4/25 Radio interference suppression filters
4/4 Design
4/25 Overview
4/4 Integration
4/4 Technical specifications 4/25 • List of recommended radio interference
suppression filters from EPCOS
4/4 Selection and ordering data
• Permissible operating data
4/5 SMC30 Sensor Module
4/26 SICROWBAR AC
Cabinet-Mounted
4/26 Application
4/5 Overview
4/26 Design
4/5 Design
4/26 Mode of operation
4/5 Selection and ordering data
4/26 Configuration
4/5 Integration
4/27 Technical specifications
4/5 Technical specifications
4/28 Selection and ordering data
4/6 TM15 Terminal Module 4/28 Accessories
4/6 Overview
4/29 SICROWBAR DC
4/6 Design
4/29 Application
4/6 Selection and ordering data
4/29 Design
4/6 Technical specifications
4/29 Mode of operation
4/7 Integration 4/30 Configuration
4/8 TM31 Terminal Module 4/31 Technical specifications
4/8 Overview 4/32 Selection and ordering data
4/8 Design 4/32 Accessories
4/8 Selection and ordering data 4/32 Options
4/9 Technical specifications
4/10 Integration

4/11 TM150 Terminal Module

4/11 Overview
4/11 Design
4/11 Selection and ordering data
4/11 Technical specifications
4/12 Integration

4/13 Mounting kit to upgrade to IP20

4/13 Overview
4/13 Selection and ordering data

4/14 Line fuses

4/14 Overview
4/14 Selection and ordering data
4/14 • Fuses for the field circuit
4/14 • Fuses for the armature circuit

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel

■ Overview
AOP30 CUD
X540 X178
9-pin SUB-D socket
1 3
RX+/TX+ RX+/TX+
9 4
RX-/TX- RX-/TX-
5 2
Ground Ground
1
X524 24 V DC
2
Ground Plug-in terminals
1
+

Plug-in terminals
G_D023_EN_00060

Assignment of the RS485 cable with a 24 V power supply from the CUD
– max. cable length 50 m

The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is an optional input/output

device for SINAMICS DC MASTER converters. It can be
separately ordered. The operator panel is only designed for AOP30
installation outside the converter (e.g. in a cabinet door up to X540 1st CUD
4 mm thick), installation cut-out 141.5 × 197.5 mm. X178
9-pin SUB-D socket
It sets itself apart as a result of the following properties:
4
1 3
RX+/TX+ RX+/TX+
• Graphics-capable LCD display (240 × 64 pixels) with 2 4
TXD RX-/TX-
backlighting for plain-text display and a bar-type display for 3 2
process variables RXD Ground
1
• LEDs for displaying the operating states 24 V DC
- RUN green Ground
- ALARM yellow
- FAULT red 2nd CUD
• Help function describing the causes of faults and alarms and X178
how to resolve them 9 3
RX+/TX- RX+/TX+
• Time and date memory with internal battery backup 4
X524 RX-/TX-
• 26-key membrane keyboard 2
- Keypad for operational control of a drive Ground 2 Ground
1 1
- Local/remote switchover for selecting the operator control + 24 V DC
location (operator panel or customer terminal strip/commu-
nications channel has the control authority) Plug-in terminals Plug-in terminals
- Numeric keypad for entering setpoints or parameter values G_D023_EN_00072
- Function keys for prompted navigation in the menu
• RS232 and RS485 interface
Assignment of the RS485 cable when using two CUDs (24 V power
• Connection for a 24 V power supply supply from one CUD) – max. cable length 50 m
• The converter can be controlled using the AOP30 up to
distances of 200 m. A cable with integrated 24 V power supply
can be ordered in standard lengths as an accessory.
AOP30 CUD
• Two-stage safety strategy to protect against accidental or X540 X178
unauthorized changes to settings.
- Operation of the drive from the operator panel can be 9-pin SUB-D socket
disabled using the control inhibit function so that only RX+/TX+
1 3
RX+/TX+
parameter values and process variables can be displayed 9 4
on the operating panel. RX-/TX- RX-/TX-
5 2
- A password can be used to prevent converter parameters Ground Ground
being changed by unauthorized personnel.
• Front panel with degree of protection IP55, IP20 at rear X524 Plug-in terminals
2
The AOP30 communicates with the SINAMICS DC MASTER Ground
1 24 V external
drive via the serial RS485 interface. +
The AOP30 can communicate with the Standard CUD as well as G_D023_EN_00047
with the Advanced CUD of the SINAMICS DC MASTER.
A 24 V power supply is required to operate the AOP30. For a Assignment of the RS485 cable when supplying the AOP30 from an
maximum cable length of 50 m, this can be taken from the CUD of external 24 V DC source – max. cable length 200 m
the SINAMICS DC MASTER. An external power supply must be
used for cable lengths greater than 50 m.

4/2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel

■ Overview
AOP30 CU320-2
X540 X140
9-pin SUB-D socket 9-pin SUB-D socket
2 2 RXD
RXD
3 3
TXD TXD
5 5
Ground Ground

G_D023_EN_00061a

Assignment of the RS232 cable for connecting to an AC SINAMICS unit

(not for SINAMICS DC MASTER!)

■ Function
The current operating states, setpoints and actual values,
parameters, indices, faults and alarms are displayed on the
display panel.
German and English are integrated in the SINAMICS DC
MASTER as standard. Additional languages, if the memory card
with a corresponding language package is inserted in every

4
CUD.
Note:
Only operator panels with Article Nos 6SL3055-0AA00-4CA4
and 6SL3055-0AA00-4CA5 have a second RS485 interface.
Preliminary models are not suitable for SINAMICS DC MASTER.

■ Selection and ordering data

Description Article No.
AOP30 Advanced 6SL3055-0AA00-4CA5
Operator Panel

A connecting cable with integrated 24 V supply is available to

connect the AOP via RS485.
RS485 cable Length Article No.
to connect the AOP m
to a CUD 3 6RY1807-0AP00
to two CUDs 3 6RY1807-0AP10

Other cable lengths can be ordered with the following options.

Cable length Order code
5m K05
10 m K10
15 m K15
20 m K20
25 m K25
30 m K30
35 m K35
40 m K40
45 m K45
50 m K50
Note:
When ordering the RS485 cable with option, add the suffix "-Z" to
the Article No. followed by the order code for the required option.
Ordering example for cable length 35 m: 6RY1807-0AP00-Z
K35

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/3

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
6SL3055-0AA00-5AA3
Current consumption, max. 0.2 A
at 24 V DC, not taking the encoder
into account
• Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2
• Fuse protection, max. 20 A
Power loss < 10 W
Encoders that can be evaluated • 2-pole resolver
• Multi-pole resolver
• Excitation voltage, rms 4.1 V
• Excitation frequency 5 ... 10 kHz;
depending on the current
controller clock cycle
• Transformation ratio 0.5
• Encoder frequency, max. 2 kHz (120000 rpm);
depending on the number of
For position detection and speed determination with resolver resolver pole pairs and current
encoder, the SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is controller clock cycle
required for signal evaluation. • Signal subdivision (interpolation), 16384 times (14 bits)
The following encoder signals can be evaluated: 1) max.
• 2-pole resolver • Cable length, max. 130 m

4 • Multi-pole resolver PE connection M4 screw

Dimensions
The motor temperature input, available on the SMC10, is not
evaluated for SINAMICS DC MASTER. A motor temperature • Width 30 mm
sensor can be evaluated using the temperature measurement • Height 150 mm
input provided on each CUD.
• Depth 111 mm
Weight, approx. 0.4 kg

■ Design ■ Selection and ordering data

The SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the Description Article No.
following interfaces as standard:
SMC10 Sensor Module 6SL3055-0AA00-5AA3
• 1 DRIVE-CLiQ interface Cabinet-Mounted
• 1 encoder connection via Sub-D connector (without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 PE/protective conductor connection
The status of the SMC10 is indicated via a multi-color LED.
The SMC10 can be snapped onto a TH 35 standard mounting
rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715).
The signal cable shield is connected via the encoder system
connector and can also be connected to the SMC10 via a shield
connection terminal, e.g. Phoenix Contact type SK8 or
Weidmüller type KLBU CO 1. The shield connection terminal
must not be used as a strain relief mechanism.

■ Integration
The SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted communicates
with a Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
A maximum of four DRIVE-CLiQ components can be connected
per Advanced CUD, with a maximum of one SMC10 or SMC30.
A maximum of three modules from the TM15, TM31 and TM150
group can be connected, of which no more than one TM150.

1) Encoders, which have a DRIVE-CLiQ interface, cannot be evaluated at the

SINAMICS DC MASTER or at the SMC10. These encoders are usually not
used in DC drive technology.

4/4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data

Description Article No.
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 6SL3055-0AA00-5CA2
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Accessories for re-ordering
Dust-proof blanking plugs 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0
(50 units)
For DRIVE-CLiQ port

■ Integration
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted communicates
with a Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
A maximum of four DRIVE-CLiQ components can be connected
per Advanced CUD, with a maximum of one SMC10 or SMC30.
A maximum of three modules from the TM15, TM31 and TM150
For evaluation of the motor encoder signals without DRIVE-CLiQ group can be connected, of which no more than one TM150.
interface, the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is
required. External encoders can also be connected via the ■ Technical specifications
SMC30.
SMC30 Sensor Module
The following encoder signals can be evaluated: Cabinet-Mounted
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA2
4
• Incremental encoders TTL/HTL with and without broken cable
detection (broken cable detection is only available with Current consumption, max. 0.2 A
bipolar signals) At 24 V DC,
• SSI encoder with TTL/HTL incremental signals not taking encoder into account

• SSI encoder without incremental signals • Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2
• Fuse protection, max. 20 A
The motor temperature can also be measured using KTY84-130,
Pt1000 or PTC thermistors. Power loss, max. 10 W
Encoders that can be evaluated • Incremental encoder TTL/HTL
Reliable actual value acquisition is not supported in connection
with SINAMICS DCM. • SSI encoder with TTL/HTL
incremental signals

■ Design • SSI encoder without incremental

signals
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the • Input current range TTL/HTL 4 ... 20 mA (typ. 10 mA)
following interfaces as standard: • Encoder supply 24 V DC/0.35 A or 5 V DC/0.35 A
• 1 encoder connection including motor temperature sensing • Encoder frequency, max. 300 kHz
(KTY84-130, Pt1000 or PTC) either via Sub-D connector or via
• SSI baud rate 100 … 1000 kBaud
terminals
• 1 DRIVE-CLiQ interface • Limiting frequency 300 kHz

• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC • Resolution absolute position SSI 30 bits
power supply connector • Cable length, max.
• 1 PE/protective conductor connection - TTL encoder 100 m
(only bipolar signals permitted) 1)
The status of the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is
indicated via a multi-color LED. - HTL encoder 100 m
for unipolar signals
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped 300 m
for bipolar signals 1)
onto a TH 35 standard mounting rail in accordance with
EN 60715 (IEC 60715). - SSI encoder 100 m

The maximum encoder cable length between SMC30 modules PE connection M4 screw
and encoders is 100 m. For HTL encoders, this length can be Dimensions
increased to 300 m if the A+/A- and B+/B- signals are evaluated • Width 30 mm
and the power supply cable has a minimum cross-section of
0.5 mm2. • Height 150 mm
• Depth 111 mm
The signal cable shield can be connected to the SMC30 Sensor
Module Cabinet-Mounted using a shield connection terminal, Weight, approx. 0.45 kg
e.g., Phoenix Contact type SK8 or Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 1. Certificate of suitability cULus
The shield connection terminal must not be used as a strain relief
mechanism.

1)
Signal cables twisted in pairs and shielded.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/5

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
TM15 Terminal Module

■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

TM15 Terminal Module
6SL3055-0AA00-3FA0
Current consumption, max. 0.15 A
At 24 V DC without load
• Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2
• Fuse protection, max. 20 A
Number of DRIVE-CLiQ sockets 2
I/O devices
• Digital inputs/outputs Can be parameterized channel-by-
channel as DI or DO
• Number of digital inputs/outputs 24
• Electrical isolation Yes, in groups of 8
• Connection system Plug-in screw-type terminals
• Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm2
Digital inputs
• Voltage -3 … +30 V
With the TM15 Terminal Module, the number of available digital
inputs and outputs within a drive system can be expanded. • Low level -30 … +5 V
(an open digital input is interpreted
as "low")
■ Design • High level 15 … 30 V
The following are located on the TM15 Terminal Module: • Current consumption at 24 V DC 9 mA

4 • 24 bidirectional digital inputs/outputs

(isolation in 3 groups with 8 channels each)
• Delay times of digital inputs, typ.
- L→H
1)

50 μs
• 24 green status LEDs for indicating the logical signal status of - H→L 100 μs
the relevant terminal
Digital outputs
• 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets (continuously short-circuit-proof)
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC • Voltage 24 V DC
power supply connector
• Load current per digital output, 0.5 A
• 1 PE/protective conductor connection max.
The status of the TM15 Terminal Module is indicated via a • Delay times
multi-color LED. (ohmic load) 1)
- L → H, typ. 50 μs
The TM15 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 stand-
ard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715). - L → H, max. 100 μs

The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM15 Terminal - H → L, typ. 150 μs
Module by means of a shield connection terminal, e.g. Phoenix - H → L, max. 225 μs
Contact type SK8 or Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 1. The shield • Total current of outputs
connection terminal must not be used as a strain relief mecha- (per group), max.
nism.
- Up to 60 °C 2A

■ Selection and ordering data - Up to 50 °C 3A

- Up to 40 °C 4A
Description Article No. Power loss, max. 3W
TM15 Terminal Module 6SL3055-0AA00-3FA0 PE connection M4 screw
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Dimensions
Accessories for re-ordering
• Width 50 mm
Dust-proof blanking plugs 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0
(50 units) • Height 150 mm
For DRIVE-CLiQ port • Depth 111 mm
Weight, approx. 1 kg
Certificate of suitability cULus

1)
The specified delay times refer to the hardware.
The actual reaction time depends on the time slice in which the
digital input/output is processed.

4/6 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
TM15 Terminal Module

■ Integration
The TM15 Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ • A maximum of four DRIVE-CLiQ components can be connected
with the following Control Units: per Advanced CUD, with a maximum of one SMC10 or SMC30.
• CU310-2 Control Unit A maximum of three modules from the TM15, TM31 and TM150
group can be connected, of which no more than one TM150.
• CU320-2 Control Unit

+ +
ext.
24 V M M

X500 X501
X524 X520

1
1
+ L1+ L1+

DRIVE-CLiQ socket

DRIVE-CLiQ socket
+ 24 V
2
+ DI/DO 0 M1
3
M DI/DO 1
M
4
M DI/DO 2
M
5
DI/DO 3
M 6
DI/DO 4 1)
7
DI/DO 5
8
DI/DO 6
9
DI/DO 7

M1
10
4
Terminal Module
X521
TM15 1
L2+ L2+
2
DI/DO 8 M2
3
DI/DO 9
4
DI/DO 10
5
DI/DO 11
M 6
DI/DO 12 1)
7
DI/DO 13
8
DI/DO 14
9
DI/DO 15
10
M2

X522
1
L3+ L3+
2
DI/DO 16 M3
3
DI/DO 17
4
DI/DO 18
5
DI/DO 19
M 6
DI/DO 20 1)
7
DI/DO 21
8
DI/DO 22
9
DI/DO 23
10
M3

G_D211_EN_00040

1) Can be parameterized individually as input or output.

Connection example of a TM15 Terminal Module

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/7

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
TM31 Terminal Module

■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data

Description Article No.
TM31 Terminal Module 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Accessories for re-ordering
Dust-proof blanking plugs 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0
(50 units)
For DRIVE-CLiQ port

The TM31 Terminal Module can be used to expand the number

of available digital inputs and outputs and the number of analog
inputs and outputs within a drive system.
The TM31 Terminal Module also features relay outputs with
changeover contact and a temperature sensor input.

4 ■ Design
The following are located on the TM31 Terminal Module:
• 8 digital inputs
• 4 bidirectional digital inputs/outputs
• 2 relay outputs with changeover contact
• 2 analog inputs
• 2 analog outputs
• 1 temperature sensor input for KTY84-130, Pt1000 or PTC
(Pt1000 can be used from firmware V4.7 HF17)
• 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
power supply connector
• 1 PE/protective conductor connection
The status of the TM31 Terminal Module is indicated via a
multi-color LED.
The TM31 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 stand-
ard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715).
The signal cable shield can be attached to the TM31 Terminal
Module via a shield connection terminal, e.g. type SK8 supplied
by Phoenix Contact or type KLBÜ CO 1 supplied by Weidmüller.
The shield connection terminal must not be used as a strain relief
mechanism.

4/8 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
TM31 Terminal Module

■ Technical specifications
TM31 Terminal Module TM31 Terminal Module
6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1
Current consumption, max. 0.5 A Analog outputs
At 24 V DC without taking account of the (continuously short-circuit-proof)
digital outputs and DRIVE-CLiQ supply • Voltage range -10 … +10 V
• Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2 • Load current, max. -3 … +3 mA
• Fuse protection, max. 20 A • Current ranges 4 … 20 mA, -20 … +20 mA,
Digital inputs 0 … 20 mA
In accordance with IEC 61131-2 Type 1 • Load resistance, max. 500 Ω for outputs in the range
• Voltage -3 … +30 V -20 … +20 mA

• Low level -3 … +5 V • Resolution 11 bits + sign

(an open digital input is interpreted as • Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm2
"low")
Relay outputs
• High level 15 … 30 V (changeover contacts)
• Current consumption at 24 V DC, typ. 9 mA • Load current, max. 8A
• Delay times of digital inputs 1), approx. • Switching voltage, max. 250 V AC, 30 V DC
- L→H 50 μs • Switching capacity, max.
- H→L 100 μs - At 250 V AC 2000 VA (cos ϕ = 1)
• Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm2 750 VA (cos ϕ = 0.4)

Digital outputs - At 30 V DC 240 W (resistive load)

(continuously short-circuit-proof) • Required minimum current 100 mA

4
• Voltage 24 V DC • Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2
• Load current per digital output, max. 100 mA Power loss, max. 10 W
• Total current of digital outputs, max. 400 mA PE connection M4 screw
• Delay times of digital outputs 1) Dimensions
- Typ. 150 μs • Width 50 mm
at 0.5 A resistive load
• Height 150 mm
- Max. 500 μs
2
• Depth 111 mm
• Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm
Weight, approx. 0.49 kg
Analog inputs
(a switch is used to toggle between voltage Certificate of suitability cULus
and current input)
• As voltage input
- Voltage range -10 … +10 V
- Internal resistance Ri 100 kΩ
- Resolution 2) 11 bits + sign
• As current input
- Current ranges 4 … 20 mA, -20 … +20 mA,
0 … 20 mA
- Internal resistance Ri 250 Ω
- Resolution 2) 10 bits + sign
• Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm2

1)
The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time
depends on the time slice in which the digital input/output is processed.
2)
If the analog input is to be operated in the signal processing sense with a
continuously variable input voltage, the sampling frequency fa = 1/ttime slice
must be at least twice the value of the highest signal frequency fmax.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/9

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
TM31 Terminal Module

■ Integration
The TM31 Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ • A maximum of four DRIVE-CLiQ components can be
with the following Control Units: connected per Advanced CUD, with a maximum of one
• CU310-2 Control Unit SMC10 or SMC30. A maximum of three modules from the
TM15, TM31 and TM150 group can be connected, of which no
• CU320-2 Control Unit more than one TM150.

+ +
ext.
24 V M M

X500 X501
X524 X521

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1
+
+ 24 V + AI 0+ 1
+
- AI 0- 2
M AI 1+ 3
M +
M AI 1- 4
M -
P10 5

6
M
Terminal Module N10
7

TM31 M
8

X520

4 1 DI 0
-
X522
2 DI 1 M AO 0V+ 1
V
+
3 DI 2 AO 0- 2
M
4 + AO 0C+ 3
DI 3 A
M - 2)
-
5 AO 1V+ 4
V
M1 +
1) 6 M 5
AO 1-
M
+
AO 1C+ 6
A
-
7
+Temp
X540 + 24 V
8
1 - Temp

2
IC for 4)
0.15 A current
3 limitation X541
+ 1
4 3)
DI/DO 8 2
5
DI/DO 9 3
6
DI/DO 10 4
7
DI/DO 11 5
8
6
M

X530 X542
1 DI 4 1

2 DI 5 M 2
DO 0
3 DI 6 M 3

4 DI 7 4
M
5 DO 1 5
M2
1) M
6 6
M

1) The jumpers must be inserted

in this circuit example.
2) Can be parameterized individually
G_D212_EN_00029e
as current source.
3) Can be parameterized individually as output.
4) Current limitation can be parameterized (0.1 A or 1 A)

Connection example of TM31 Terminal Module

4/10 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
TM150 Terminal Module

■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data

Description Article No.
TM150 Terminal Module 6SL3055-0AA00-3LA0
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Accessories for re-ordering
Dust-proof blanking plugs 6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0
(50 units)
For DRIVE-CLiQ port

■ Technical specifications
TM150 Terminal Module
6SL3055-0AA00-3LA0
Current consumption, max. 0.5 A
at 24 V DC
• Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2
The TM150 Terminal Module is a DRIVE-CLiQ component for • Fuse protection, max. 20 A
temperature evaluation. The temperature is measured in a Temperature sensor inputs
temperature range from -99 °C to +250 °C for the following The inputs can be parameterized
temperature sensors: individually for the evaluation of sensors
• Pt100 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit) • Conductor cross-section, max. 1.5 mm2
• Pt1000 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit)
• KTY84 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit)
• Measuring current per sensor, approx.
Power loss
0.8 mA
1.6 W 4
• PTC (with short-circuit monitoring) PE connection M4 screw
• Bimetallic NC contact (without monitoring) Dimensions
For the temperature sensor inputs, for each terminal block the • Width 30 mm
evaluation can be parameterized for 1x2-wire, 2x2-wire, 3-wire
• Height 150 mm
or 4-wire. There is no electrical isolation in the TM150 Terminal
Module. • Depth 111 mm

The temperature channels can be subdivided into 3 groups and Weight, approx. 0.41 kg
evaluated together.

■ Design
The following are located on the TM150 Terminal Module:
• 6 ... 12 temperature sensor inputs
• 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 PE/protective conductor connection
The status of the TM150 Terminal Module is indicated via a multi-
color LED.
The TM150 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35
standard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715
(IEC 60715).

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/11

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
TM150 Terminal Module

■ Integration
The TM150 Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ • A maximum of four DRIVE-CLiQ components can be
with the following Control Units: connected per Advanced CUD, with a maximum of one
• CU310-2 Control Unit SMC10 or SMC30. A maximum of three modules from the
TM15, TM31 and TM150 group can be connected, of which no
• CU320-2 Control Unit more than one TM150.

ext. + +
24 V M M

X500 X501
X524
+ +24 V

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1
+
X531
M M
+Temp 1
M M Channel 0
-Temp 2
3 2×2-wire
+Temp
4 Channel 6
-Temp

X532
4 +Temp
1
Channel 1
2
-Temp
3 2×2-wire
+Temp
Channel 7
Terminal Module -Temp 4

TM150 X533
1
+Temp
Channel 2
2
-Temp
2×2-wire
3
+Temp
Channel 8
-Temp 4

X534
1
+
2
-
3 Channel 3
+ lc 3-wire
4
- lc
X535
1
+
2
-
3 Channel 4
+ lc
4-wire
- lc 4

X536
1
+
2
-
3 Channel 5
+ lc
4-wire
- lc 4

G_D211_EN_00295

Connection example of a TM150 Terminal Module

4/12 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Mounting kit to upgrade to IP20

■ Overview
With a mounting kit, it is possible to increase the degree of
protection of SINAMICS DC MASTER from IP00 up to IP20.

■ Selection and ordering data

For units up to 850 A, there is a suitable mounting kit to increase
the degree of protection; this can be ordered using the following
article numbers.
Mounting kit to upgrade to IP20
Description Article No.
for units from 15 to 30 A 6RX1800-0MA00
for units from 60 to 280 A 6RX1800-0MA01
for units from 400 to 600 A 6RX1800-0MA02
for units from 720 to 850 A 6RX1800-0MA03

Note:
Detailed information about increasing the degree of protection
can be found on the Internet at
[Link]

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/13

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Line fuses

■ Overview
3NE1 SITOR double protection fuses allow the cable and semi-
conductor protection to be implemented with just one fuse. This
results in significant cost savings and shorter assembly times.
An overview of the fuses required for the armature and field circuits is provided in the following table.
Fuse Armature circuit Field circuit
< 900 A ≥ 900 A
Two-quadrant operation Four-quadrant operation Two-quadrant operation Four-quadrant operation
Phase fuse Required Required – – Required
Arm fuse – – Integrated in the unit Integrated in the unit –
DC fuse – Required – – –

■ Selection and ordering data

For technical specifications, engineering data as well as In order to ensure UL-compliant protection of units, it is essential
dimensional drawings for Siemens fuses, please refer to that you use "UL-listed" or "UL-recognized" fuses.
Catalog LV 10.1 "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical
Installation Technology".
Fuses for the field circuit
Recommended fuses for the field circuit
Rated DC current for Max. field current 2 Siemens fuses 2 Bussmann fuses
converter unit FWP 700V U

4 A A
Article No.
per unit A
Article No.
per unit A
15 3 5SD420 16 FWP-5B 5
30 5 5SD420 16 FWP-5B 5
60 … 125 10 5SD420 16 FWP-15B 15
210 … 280 15 5SD440 25 FWP-20B 20
400 … 600 25 5SD440 25 FWP-30B 30
710 … 850 30 5SD480 30 FWP-35B 35
900 … 3000 40 3NE1802-0 1) 40 FWP-50B 50
1500 … 3000 85 3NE8021-1 1) 100 FWP-100B 100
with option L85

Fuses for the armature circuit

Units, two-quadrant operation: 400 V, 575 V, 690 V, 830 V and 950 V
Phase fuses
Unit 3 phase fuses Siemens U
Type I/U Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V
6RA8025-6DS22-0AA0 60/400 3NE1817-0 50/690
6RA8025-6GS22-0AA0 60/575 3NE1817-0 50/690
6RA8028-6DS22-0AA0 90/400 3NE1820-0 80/690
6RA8031-6DS22-0AA0 125/400 3NE1021-0 100/690
6RA8031-6GS22-0AA0 125/575 3NE1021-0 100/690
6RA8075-6DS22-0AA0 210/400 3NE3227 250/1000
6RA8075-6GS22-0AA0 210/575 3NE3227 250/1000
6RA8078-6DS22-0AA0 280/400 3NE3231 350/1000
6RA8081-6DS22-0AA0 400/400 3NE3233 450/1000
6RA8081-6GS22-0AA0 400/575 3NE3233 450/1000
6RA8085-6DS22-0AA0 600/400 3NE3336 630/1000
6RA8085-6GS22-0AA0 600/575 3NE3336 630/1000
6RA8087-6DS22-0AA0 850/400 3NE3338-8 800/800
6RA8087-6GS22-0AA0 800/575 3NE3338-8 800/800
6RA8086-6KS22-0AA0 720/690 3NE3337-8 710/900

1)
UL-recognized

4/14 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Line fuses

■ Selection and ordering data

Arm fuses
Note:
The arm fuses are included in the unit. No external semiconductor fuses are required.
Unit Arm fuses Siemens U
Type I/U Units Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V
6RA8091-6DS22-0AA0 1200/400 6 3NE3338-8 800/800
6RA8090-6GS22-0AA0 1100/575 6 3NE3338-8 800/800
6RA8090-6KS22-0AA0 1000/690 6 3NE3337-8 710/900
6RA8088-6LS22-0AA0 950/830 6 3NE3337-8 710/900
6RA8093-4DS22-0AA0 1600/400 6 6RY1702-0BA02 1000/660
6RA8093-4GS22-0AA0 1600/575 6 6RY1702-0BA02 1000/660
6RA8093-4KS22-0AA0 1500/690 6 6RY1702-0BA03 1000/1000
6RA8093-4LS22-0AA0 1500/830 6 6RY1702-0BA03 1000/1000
6RA8095-4DS22-0AA0 2000/400 6 6RY1702-0BA01 1250/660
6RA8095-4GS22-0AA0 2000/575 6 6RY1702-0BA01 1250/660
6RA8095-4KS22-0AA0 2000/690 12 6RY1702-0BA04 630/1000
6RA8095-4LS22-0AA0 1900/830 12 6RY1702-0BA04 630/1000
6RA8096-4GS22-0AA0 2200/575 6 6RY1702-0BA05 1500/660

4
6RA8096-4MS22-0AA0 2200/950 12 3NC3438-6U 800/1100
6RA8097-4KS22-0AA0 2600/690 12 3NC3341-6U 1000/1000
6RA8097-4GS22-0AA0 2800/575 12 3NC3341-6U 1000/1000
6RA8098-4DS22-0AA0 3000/400 12 3NC3341-6U 1000/1000
Units, two-quadrant operation: 480 V
Phase fuses
Unit 3 phase fuses 3 phase fuses 3 phase fuses
Siemens U Bussmann U Bussmann U 1)
Type I/U Article No. I/U Article No. I/U Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V per unit A/V per unit A/V
6RA8025-6FS22-0AA0 60/480 3NE1817-0 50/690 170M1565 63/660 FWH-60B 60/500
6RA8028-6FS22-0AA0 90/480 3NE1820-0 80/690 170M1567 100/660 FWH-100B 100/500
6RA8031-6FS22-0AA0 125/480 3NE1021-0 100/690 170M1568 125/660 FWH-125B 125/500
6RA8075-6FS22-0AA0 210/480 3NE3227 250/1000 170M3166 250/660 FWH-225A 225/500
6RA8078-6FS22-0AA0 280/480 3NE3231 350/1000 170M3167 315/660 FWH-275A 275/500
6RA8082-6FS22-0AA0 450/480 3NE3233 450/1000 170M3170 450/660 FWH-450A 450/500
6RA8085-6FS22-0AA0 600/480 3NE3336 630/1000 170M4167 700/660 FWH-600A 600/500
6RA8087-6FS22-0AA0 850/480 3NE3338-8 800/800 170M5165 900/660 FWH-800A 800/500
Arm fuses
Note:
The arm fuses are included in the unit. No external semiconductor fuses are required.
Unit Arm fuses Siemens U
Type I/U Units Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V
6RA8091-6FS22-0AA0 1200/480 6 3NE3338-8 800/800

1)
FWH-... fuses are not mechanically compatible with 3NE or 170M fuses.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/15

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Line fuses

■ Selection and ordering data

Units, four-quadrant operation: 400 V, 575 V, 690 V, 830 V and 950 V
Phase fuses, DC fuse
Unit 3 phase fuses Siemens U 1 DC fuse Siemens U
Type I/U Article No. I/U Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V per unit A/V
6RA8013-6DV62-0AA0 15/400 3NE1814-0 20/690 3NE1814-0 20/690
6RA8018-6DV62-0AA0 30/400 3NE8003-1 35/690 3NE4102 40/1000
6RA8025-6DV62-0AA0 60/400 3NE1817-0 50/690 3NE4120 80/1000
6RA8025-6GV62-0AA0 60/575 3NE1817-0 50/690 3NE4120 80/1000
6RA8028-6DV62-0AA0 90/400 3NE1820-0 80/690 3NE4122 125/1000
6RA8031-6DV62-0AA0 125/400 3NE1021-0 100/690 3NE4124 160/1000
6RA8031-6GV62-0AA0 125/575 3NE1021-0 100/690 3NE4124 160/1000
6RA8075-6DV62-0AA0 210/400 3NE3227 250/1000 3NE3227 250/1000
6RA8075-6GV62-0AA0 210/575 3NE3227 250/1000 3NE3227 250/1000
6RA8078-6DV62-0AA0 280/400 3NE3231 350/1000 3NE3231 350/1000
6RA8081-6DV62-0AA0 400/400 3NE3233 450/1000 3NE3233 450/1000
6RA8081-6GV62-0AA0 400/575 3NE3233 450/1000 3NE3233 450/1000
6RA8085-6DV62-0AA0 600/400 3NE3336 630/1000 3NE3336 630/1000
6RA8085-6GV62-0AA0 600/575 3NE3336 630/1000 3NE3336 630/1000

4
6RA8087-6DV62-0AA0 850/400 3NE3338-8 800/800 3NE3334-0B 1) 500/1000
6RA8087-6GV62-0AA0 850/575 3NE3338-8 800/800 3NE3334-0B 1) 500/1000
6RA8086-6KV62-0AA0 760/690 3NE3337-8 710/900 3NE3334-0B 1) 500/1000
Arm fuses
Note:
The arm fuses are included in the unit. No external semiconductor fuses are required.
Unit Arm fuses Siemens U
Type I/U Units Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V
6RA8091-6DV62-0AA0 1200/400 6 3NE3338-8 800/800
6RA8090-6GV62-0AA0 1100/575 6 3NE3338-8 800/800
6RA8090-6KV62-0AA0 1000/690 6 3NE3337-8 710/900
6RA8088-6LV62-0AA0 950/830 6 3NE3337-8 710/900
6RA8093-4DV62-0AA0 1600/400 6 6RY1702-0BA02 1000/660
6RA8093-4GV62-0AA0 1600/575 6 6RY1702-0BA02 1000/660
6RA8093-4KV62-0AA0 1500/690 6 6RY1702-0BA03 1000/1000
6RA8093-4LV62-0AA0 1500/830 6 6RY1702-0BA03 1000/1000
6RA8095-4DV62-0AA0 2000/400 6 6RY1702-0BA01 1250/660
6RA8095-4GV62-0AA0 2000/575 6 6RY1702-0BA01 1250/660
6RA8095-4KV62-0AA0 2000/690 12 6RY1702-0BA04 630/1000
6RA8095-4LV62-0AA0 1900/830 12 6RY1702-0BA04 630/1000
6RA8096-4GV62-0AA0 2200/575 6 6RY1702-0BA05 1500/660
6RA8096-4MV62-0AA0 2200/950 12 3NC3438-6U 800/1100
6RA8097-4KV62-0AA0 2600/690 12 3NC3341-6U 1000/1000
6RA8097-4GV62-0AA0 2800/575 12 3NC3341-6U 1000/1000
6RA8098-4DV62-0AA0 3000/400 12 3NC3341-6U 1000/1000

1) Two fuses connected in parallel.

4/16 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Line fuses

■ Selection and ordering data

Units, four-quadrant operation: 480 V
Phase fuses
Unit 3 phase fuses Siemens U 3 phase fuses Bussmann U 3 phase fuses Bussmann U 2)
Type I/U Article No. I/U Article No. I/U Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V per unit A/V per unit A/V
6RA8013-6FV62-0AA0 15/480 3NE1814-0 20/690 170M1562 32/660 FWH-35B 35/500
6RA8018-6FV62-0AA0 30/480 3NE1815-0 25/690 170M1562 32/660 FWH-35B 35/500
6RA8025-6FV62-0AA0 60/480 3NE1817-0 50/690 170M1565 63/660 FWH-60B 60/500
6RA8028-6FV62-0AA0 90/480 3NE1820-0 80/690 170M1567 100/660 FWH-100B 100/500
6RA8031-6FV62-0AA0 125/480 3NE1021-0 100/690 170M1568 125/660 FWH-125B 125/500
6RA8075-6FV62-0AA0 210/480 3NE3227 250/1000 170M3166 250/660 FWH-225A 225/500
6RA8078-6FV62-0AA0 280/480 3NE3231 350/1000 170M3167 315/660 FWH-275A 275/500
6RA8082-6FV62-0AA0 450/480 3NE3233 450/1000 170M3170 450/660 FWH-450A 450/500
6RA8085-6FV62-0AA0 600/480 3NE3336 630/1000 170M4167 700/660 FWH-600A 600/500
6RA8087-6FV62-0AA0 850/480 3NE3338-8 800/800 170M5165 900/660 FWH-800A 800/500
DC fuse
1 DC fuse Siemens U 1 DC fuse Bussmann U 2)
Type I/U Article No. I/U Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V per unit A/V
6RA8013-6FV62-0AA0
6RA8018-6FV62-0AA0
15/480
30/480
3NE1814-0
3NE4102
20/690
40/1000
FWP-35B
FWP-35B
35/660
35/660
4
6RA8025-6FV62-0AA0 60/480 3NE4120 80/1000 FWP-70B 70/660
6RA8028-6FV62-0AA0 90/480 3NE4122 125/1000 FWP-125A 125/660
6RA8031-6FV62-0AA0 125/480 3NE4124 160/1000 FWP-150A 150/660
6RA8075-6FV62-0AA0 210/480 3NE3227 250/1000 FWP-250A 250/660
6RA8078-6FV62-0AA0 280/480 3NE3231 350/1000 FWP-350A 350/660
6RA8082-6FV62-0AA0 450/480 3NE3334-0B 500/1000 FWP-500A 500/660
6RA8085-6FV62-0AA0 600/480 3NE3336 630/1000 FWP-700A 700/660
6RA8087-6FV62-0AA0 850/480 3NE3334-0B 1) 500/1000 FWP-1000A 1000/660
Arm fuses
Note:
The arm fuses are included in the unit. No external semiconductor fuses are required.
Unit Arm fuses Siemens U
Type I/U Units Article No. I/U
A/V per unit A/V
6RA8091-6FV62-0AA0 1200/480 6 3NE3338-8 800/800

1)
Two fuses connected in parallel.
2)
FWH-... and FWP-... fuses are not mechanically compatible with 3NE or
170M fuses.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/17

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Commutating reactors

■ Overview
Commutating reactors
A converter must always be connected to the line supply
through a commutation inductance. This must have at least 4 %
uK! The commutation inductance can be in the form of a
converter transformer or, for the appropriate line supply, in the
form of a commutating reactor.
A line supply can be considered to be "stiff" if the power ration
Ps/Sk is ≤ 0.01. Even for stiff line supplies, the commutation
inductance must have a uK of at least 4 %!
For high-rating converters, the line reactance, i.e. the finite fault
level (short-circuit power) of the line supply must be taken into
account; this also results in higher uK values. Recommendation
for the ratio of the line supply fault level (short-circuit power) to
the apparent drive power > 33:1.
The commutating reactors are dimensioned according to the
rated motor current in the armature or field circuit.
Operation with line frequencies of 50 Hz and 60 Hz
The rated currents ILn of the commutating reactors apply for
operation with the line frequencies f = 50 Hz and f = 60 Hz. The
assignment of a reactor and SINAMICS DCM converter for
50 Hz or 60 Hz operation is shown in the following table.

4
230 V 400 V 400 V Line supply voltage

(5) (6) (5) (6) (4) (6) (3) (6)

NC (1) (2)

5N1 5U1 5W1 5N1 5U1 5W1 3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1
Power supply Field Armature
G_D023_EN_00004a

230 V AC or 400 V AC

SINAMICS DC MASTER
3C 3D 1C1 1D1

Arrangement of reactors and radio interference suppression filters

(1) The commutating reactor in the field circuit is dimensioned for the (4) The radio interference suppression filter for the field circuit is
rated motor field current. dimensioned for the rated motor field current.
(2) The commutating reactor in the armature circuit is dimensioned for (5) Radio interference suppression filters are not required for the
the rated motor armature current. electronics power supply alone. Current consumption 1 A at 400 V,
The line current is 0.82 times the DC current. 2 A at 230 V.
(3) The radio interference suppression filter for the armature circuit is (6) If the power supply voltages for the armature circuit, field circuit and
dimensioned for the rated motor armature current. electronics power supply are the same, then the voltage for the field
The line current is 0.82 times the DC current. and electronics power supply can also be taken after the radio
interference suppression filter for the armature circuit.

4/18 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Commutating reactors

■ Overview
Assignment of commutating reactors to converter
The single-phase commutating reactors are selected based on
the field rated current of the SINAMICS DCM.

SINAMICS DCM ILn [A] 4 % reactor 50 Hz 4 % reactor 60 Hz

Rated voltage 400 V 3 AC
6RA8013-6D... 12.45 6RX1800-4DK00 –
6RA8018-6D... 24.9 6RX1800-4DK01 –
6RA8025-6D... 49.8 6RX1800-4DK02 –
6RA8028-6D... 74.7 6RX1800-4DK03 –
6RA8031-6D... 103.75 6RX1800-4DK04 –
6RA8075-6D... 174.3 6RX1800-4DK05 –
6RA8078-6D... 232.4 6RX1800-4DK06 –
6RA8081-6D... 332 6RX1800-4DK07 –
6RA8085-6D... 498 6RX1800-4DK10 –
6RA8087-6D... 705.5 6RX1800-4DK11 –
6RA8091-6D... 996 6RX1800-4DK12 –
6RA8093-4D... 1328 6RX1800-4DK13 –
6RA8095-4D... 1660 6RX1800-4DK14 –
6RA8098-4D... 2490 6RX1800-4DK15 –
Rated voltage 480 V 3 AC
6RA8013-6F... 12.45 6RX1800-4FK00 6RX1800-4DK00
4
6RA8018-6F... 24.9 6RX1800-4FK01 6RX1800-4DK01
6RA8025-6F... 49.8 6RX1800-4FK02 6RX1800-4DK02
6RA8028-6F... 74.7 6RX1800-4FK03 6RX1800-4DK03
6RA8031-6F... 103.75 6RX1800-4FK04 6RX1800-4DK04
6RA8075-6F... 174.3 6RX1800-4FK05 6RX1800-4DK05
6RA8078-6F... 232.4 6RX1800-4FK06 6RX1800-4DK06
6RA8082-6F.. 373.5 6RX1800-4FK08 6RX1800-4DK08
6RA8085-6F.. 498 6RX1800-4FK10 6RX1800-4DK10
6RA8087-6F... 705.5 6RX1800-4FK12 6RX1800-4DK11
6RA8091-6F.. 996 6RX1800-4FK14 6RX1800-4DK12
Rated voltage 575 V 3 AC
6RA8025-6G... 49.8 6RX1800-4GK00 6RX1800-4FK02
6RA8031-6G... 103.75 6RX1800-4GK01 6RX1800-4FK04
6RA8075-6G... 174.3 6RX1800-4GK02 6RX1800-4FK05
6RA8081-6G... 332 6RX1800-4GK03 6RX1800-4FK07
6RA8085-6G... 498 6RX1800-4GK04 6RX1800-4FK10
6RA8087-6GS… 664 6RX1800-4GK07 6RX1800-4FK11
6RA8087-6GV... 705.5 6RX1800-4GK08 6RX1800-4FK12
6RA8090-6G... 913 6RX1800-4GK11 6RX1800-4FK13
6RA8093-4G... 1328 6RX1800-4GK13 6RX1800-4FK15
6RA8095-4G... 1660 6RX1800-4GK14 6RX1800-4FK16
6RA8096-4G... 1826 6RX1800-4GK15 6RX1800-4FK17
6RA8097-4G... 2324 6RX1800-4GK17 6RX1800-4FK18

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/19

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Commutating reactors

■ Overview
SINAMICS DCM ILn [A] 4 % reactor 50 Hz 4 % reactor 60 Hz
Rated voltage 690 V 3 AC
6RA8086-6KS… 597.6 6RX1800-4KK00 6RX1800-4GK05
6RA8086-6KV... 630.8 6RX1800-4KK01 6RX1800-4GK06
6RA8090-6K... 830 6RX1800-4KK03 6RX1800-4GK10
6RA8093-4K... 1245 6RX1800-4KK04 6RX1800-4GK12
6RA8095-4K... 1660 6RX1800-4KK06 6RX1800-4GK14
6RA8097-4K... 2158 6RX1800-4KK07 6RX1800-4GK16
Rated voltage 830 V 3 AC
6RA8088-6L... 788.5 6RX1800-4LK00 6RX1800-4KK02
6RA8093-4L... 1245 6RX1800-4LK01 6RX1800-4KK04
6RA8095-4L... 1577 6RX1800-4LK02 6RX1800-4KK05
Rated voltage 950 V 3 AC
6RA8096-4M... 1826 6RX1800-4MK00 6RX1800-4LK03

4/20 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Commutating reactors

■ Selection and ordering data 1)

Note:
The commutating reactors are dimensioned according to the rated motor current in the armature or field circuit. When the unit is
connected to a single phase, single-phase commutating reactors must also be used in the armature circuit. These are available on
request.
The tables below list the commutating reactors which are available as standard.
Additional information can be found in the Operating Instructions "SINAMICS DCM Commutating reactors"
(see [Link]

General technical specifications

Degree of protection IP00
Protection class Class 1 2)
Cooling AN, self-ventilated
Inductance tolerance ± 10 %
Environmental classes acc. to IEC 60721-3-3: 2002, Parts 1 to 3 • Climatic:
- Storage: 1K3
- Transport: 2K2
- Operation: 3K3
• Mechanical: 3M3
Ambient temperature during operation
• 1-phase reactors 0 to +45 °C, above with derating
• 3-phase reactors
Ambient temperature for storage and transport
0 to +40 °C, above with derating
-40 to +70 °C
4
Installation altitude (at rated current) ≤ 1000 m above sea level, above with derating
Operation at 50 Hz and 60 Hz with rated current is permissible

Three-phase commutating reactors

AC rated Inductance Copper losses Total losses Short-circuit Weight Rated insulation Article No.
current current rating voltage
(SCCR)
A mH W W kA kg V
uK = 4 % at rated current and 400 V 3 AC/50 Hz or 480 V 3 AC/60 Hz
13 2.315 22.8 33.1 2.0 (20 ms) 2.9 600 6RX1800-4DK00
25 1.158 30.8 53.2 5.0 (20 ms) 4.4 600 6RX1800-4DK01
51 0.579 43.5 73.2 6.5 (100 ms) 10.9 600 6RX1800-4DK02
76 0.386 64.4 118.5 9.0 (100 ms) 13.8 600 6RX1800-4DK03
106 0.278 51.3 119.3 15 (100 ms) 23.9 600 6RX1800-4DK04
174 0.169 164.8 206.4 15 (100 ms) 24.0 600 6RX1800-4DK05
232 0.127 197.4 256.2 20 (100 ms) 26.8 600 6RX1800-4DK06
332 0.089 190.7 251.1 24 (200 ms) 45.8 600 6RX1800-4DK07
374 0.079 186.7 251.7 24 (200 ms) 56.8 600 6RX1800-4DK08
498 0.059 277.0 357.4 35 (200 ms) 60.0 600 6RX1800-4DK10
706 0.042 329.4 424.8 55 (200 ms) 81.6 1000 6RX1800-4DK11
996 0.030 390.3 562.8 75 (200 ms) 100.1 1000 6RX1800-4DK12
1328 0.022 339.3 554.5 75 (200 ms) 138.8 1000 6RX1800-4DK13
1660 0.018 369.3 591.9 75 (200 ms) 210.7 1000 6RX1800-4DK14
2490 0.012 587.3 1038.3 75 (200 ms) 205.6 1000 6RX1800-4DK15

Note:
Commutating reactors with uK = 2 % are available on request.
A limited tolerance range is also possible for parallel
connections.

1) 2)
All commutating reactors with rated voltages Vrated ≤ 600 V acc. to UL Note about protection class 1:
Despite protective conductor connection, no 'touchable conductive parts'
with regard to the standard (e.g. EN 61800-5-1) are defined. In this case,
the protective conductor ensures that no dangerous voltages/currents can
act at the mounting surfaces. The complete reactor must be considered as
being an active component.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/21

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Commutating reactors

■ Selection and ordering data 1)

Three-phase commutating reactors

AC rated Inductance Copper losses Total losses Short-circuit Weight Rated insulation Article No.
current current rating voltage
(SCCR)
A mH W W kA kg V
uK = 4 % at rated current and 480 V 3 AC/50 Hz or 575 V 3 AC/60 Hz
13 2.779 27.4 39.2 2.0 (20 ms) 2.9 600 6RX1800-4FK00
25 1.389 34.8 57.8 5.0 (20 ms) 6.0 600 6RX1800-4FK01
51 0.695 42.3 77.2 6.5 (100 ms) 11.8 600 6RX1800-4FK02
76 0.463 56.3 118.0 9.0 (100 ms) 16.3 600 6RX1800-4FK03
106 0.333 68.8 152.9 15 (100 ms) 22.3 600 6RX1800-4FK04
174 0.202 204.6 255.6 15 (100 ms) 26.0 600 6RX1800-4FK05
232 0.152 178.3 231.5 20 (100 ms) 37.8 600 6RX1800-4FK06
332 0.106 193.7 261.5 24 (100 ms) 56.1 600 6RX1800-4FK07
374 0.094 189.1 279.2 24 (100 ms) 56.8 600 6RX1800-4FK08
498 0.071 313.8 396.9 35 (200 ms) 78.1 1000 6RX1800-4FK10
664 0.053 255.6 360.8 75 (200 ms) 96.6 1000 6RX1800-4FK11
706 0.050 293.9 404.1 75 (200 ms) 96.6 1000 6RX1800-4FK12
913 0.039 375.6 558.6 75 (200 ms) 114.5 1000 6RX1800-4FK13

4
996 0.035 332.7 532.8 75 (200 ms) 127.8 1000 6RX1800-4FK14
1328 0.027 320.4 573.7 75 (200 ms) 177.6 1000 6RX1800-4FK15
1660 0.021 436.5 819.0 75 (200 ms) 161.0 1000 6RX1800-4FK16
1826 0.019 464.7 819.9 75 (200 ms) 164.2 1000 6RX1800-4FK17
2324 0.015 671.8 1056.7 75 (200 ms) 258.2 1000 6RX1800-4FK18
uK = 4 % at rated current and 575 V 3 AC/50 Hz or 690 V 3 AC/60 Hz
51 0.832 56.8 109.7 6.5 (100 ms) 13.6 600 6RX1800-4GK00
106 0.399 65.5 156.7 15 (100 ms) 26.4 600 6RX1800-4GK01
174 0.243 150.0 200.5 15 (100 ms) 34.5 600 6RX1800-4GK02
332 0.127 252.1 327.3 24 (200 ms) 63.1 600 6RX1800-4GK03
498 0.085 330.3 427.5 35 (200 ms) 86.0 1000 6RX1800-4GK04
598 0.071 339.6 455.5 55 (200 ms) 89.8 1000 6RX1800-4GK05
631 0.067 322.8 441.1 55 (200 ms) 95.7 1000 6RX1800-4GK06
664 0.064 380.7 547.2 75 (200 ms) 108.4 1000 6RX1800-4GK07
706 0.060 392.7 564.5 75 (200 ms) 120.6 1000 6RX1800-4GK08
830 0.051 308.1 498.3 75 (200 ms) 134.8 1000 6RX1800-4GK10
913 0.046 320.7 515.9 75 (200 ms) 143.9 1000 6RX1800-4GK11
1245 0.034 371.4 605.4 75 (200 ms) 206.1 1000 6RX1800-4GK12
1328 0.032 503.1 812.4 75 (200 ms) 160.9 1000 6RX1800-4GK13
1660 0.025 631.3 993.1 75 (200 ms) 202.0 1000 6RX1800-4GK14
1826 0.023 614.7 1006.9 75 (200 ms) 212.1 1000 6RX1800-4GK15
2158 0.020 534.6 1073.7 75 (200 ms) 303.0 1000 6RX1800-4GK16
2324 0.018 556.2 1110.0 75 (200 ms) 321.6 1000 6RX1800-4GK17

Note:
Commutating reactors with uK = 2 % are available on request.
A limited tolerance range is also possible for parallel
connections.

1)
All commutating reactors with rated voltages Vrated ≤ 600 V acc. to UL

4/22 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Commutating reactors

■ Selection and ordering data 1)

Three-phase commutating reactors

AC rated Inductance Copper losses Total losses Short-circuit Weight Rated insulation Article No.
current current rating voltage
(SCCR)
A mH W W kA kg V
uK = 4 % at rated current and 690 V 3 AC/50 Hz or 830 V 3 AC/60 Hz
598 0.085 388.2 562.1 55 (200 ms) 108.9 1000 6RX1800-4KK00
631 0.080 402.0 586.4 75 (200 ms) 113.3 1000 6RX1800-4KK01
789 0.064 362.7 564.6 75 (200 ms) 141.9 1000 6RX1800-4KK02
830 0.061 350.7 561.4 75 (200 ms) 153.4 1000 6RX1800-4KK03
1245 0.041 505.2 845.7 75 (200 ms) 169.7 1000 6RX1800-4KK04
1577 0.032 716.8 1093.8 75 (200 ms) 226.1 1000 6RX1800-4KK05
1660 0.031 596.0 1011.8 75 (200 ms) 257.2 1000 6RX1800-4KK06
2158 0.024 484.8 1185.6 75 (200 ms) 360.2 1000 6RX1800-4KK07
uK = 4 % at rated current and 830 V 3 AC/50 Hz or 950 V 3 AC/60 Hz
789 0.077 312.0 532.1 75 (200 ms) 205.2 1000 6RX1800-4LK00
1245 0.049 692.4 1061.9 75 (200 ms) 222.4 1000 6RX1800-4LK01
1577 0.039 479.4 1059.6 75 (200 ms) 308.5 1000 6RX1800-4LK02
1826 0.033 585.6 1269.0 75 (200 ms) 372.5 1000 6RX1800-4LK03

4
uK = 4 % at rated current and 950 V 3 AC/50 Hz, operation at 60 Hz and rated current permissible
1826 0.038 534.9 1303.5 75 (200 ms) 399.7 1000 6RX1800-4MK00

Note:
Commutating reactors with uK = 2 % are available on request.
A limited tolerance range is also possible for parallel
connections.

Single-phase commutating reactors

AC rated Inductance Copper losses Total losses Short-circuit Weight Rated insulation Article No.
current current rating voltage
(SCCR)
A mH W W kA kg V
uK = 4 % at rated current and 400 V 1 AC/50 Hz or 480 V 1 AC/60 Hz
3 16.98 3 5 0.8 (20 ms) 0.7 600 6RX1800-4DE00
5 10.19 5 7 0.8 (20 ms) 1.5 600 6RX1800-4DE01
10 5.090 7 12 2 (20 ms) 2.0 600 6RX1800-4DE02
15 3.400 8 17 2 (20 ms) 2.3 600 6RX1800-4DE03
25 2.040 8 29 6 (20 ms) 3.0 600 6RX1800-4DE04
30 1.700 10 30 6 (20 ms) 3.8 600 6RX1800-4DE05
40 1.270 9 49 10 (20 ms) 5.2 600 6RX1800-4DE06
85 0.600 13 67 15 (20 ms) 9.6 600 6RX1800-4DE07

■ More information
Additional information on commutating reactors can be found in
the Operating Instructions "SINAMICS DCM Commutating
Reactors" under the following link:
[Link]

1)
All commutating reactors with rated voltages Vrated ≤ 600 V acc. to UL

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/23

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Circuit breakers and contactors

■ Overview
The main contactor or the circuit breaker in front of the three-
phase armature circuit infeed of the converter is used to switch
on the power section in a correct manner when the electronics
and the voltage for the thyristor modules is enabled if the unit is
still not operational. This is the reason that the contactor or the
circuit-breaker must always be energized via the terminals
XR1-109-110. When a circuit breaker is used, a motor-operated
mechanism must be used to close the circuit breaker and an
undervoltage release to open the circuit breaker.
Selection criteria
The internal control sequence guarantees that the switching
operations are always made in a no-current condition. When
selecting the main contactor, the utilization category AC-1 or for
a circuit-breaker, the maximum rated current In max should be
used as basis. If the current and voltage quantities permit it, then
generally, the more cost-effective solution using a contactor is
preferred over a circuit breaker.

4/24 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
Radio interference suppression filter

■ Overview
SINAMICS DC MASTER applications are in compliance with the Radio interference suppression filters generate leakage
EMC product standard EN 61800-3 for electric drives when currents. In accordance with DIN VDE 0160, a PE connection
taking into account that the units are integrated into the plant or with a cross-section of 10 mm2 is required. For the filters to have
system in compliance with EMC rules. optimum effect, it is absolutely essential that they and the unit
are installed on a single metal plate.
However, EMC legislation does stipulate that the plant or system
as a whole must be electromagnetically compatible with its For converter units with three-phase connection, the minimum
environment. rated filter current is equal to the DC output current of the unit
times 0.82. For a two-phase connection (field power section or
If radio interference suppression level "A1" according to single-phase connection of the armature power section) only two
EN 55011 is to be achieved, then in addition to the commutating phases are connected to the three-phase radio interference
reactors, radio interference suppression filters are also required. suppression filter. In this case, the line current is equal to the field
Radio interference suppression filters reduce radio interference DC current.
voltages of the converter that occur in conjunction with the
commutating reactor.
List of recommended radio interference suppression filters from EPCOS
Radio interference suppression filters
Rated current TN/TT system IT system Weight Terminal cross- Article No. EPCOS Article No. Siemens
section/drill hole for
screw M..
A V V kg
Line filters for armature circuit
25 760/440 580/335 4 10 mm2 B84143A0025R021 – 1)
50 760/440 580/335 4 10 mm2 B84143A0050R021 – 1)
80
120
760/440
760/440
630/365
630/365
9.5
10
25 mm2
50 mm2
B84143A0080R021
B84143A0120R021
6RX1800-0LF03
6RX1800-0LF13
4
180 – 690/400 13 M10 B84143B0180S024 6RX1800-0KF00
180 520/300 360/208 5 M10 B84143B0180S080 6RX1800-0GF00
180 760/440 560/320 5 M10 B84143B0180S081 6RX1800-0LF04
250 520/300 360/208 5 M10 B84143B0250S080 6RX1800-0GF01
250 760/440 560/320 5 M10 B84143B0250S081 6RX1800-0LF14
400 – 690/400 21 M10 B84143B0400S024 6RX1800-0KF02
400 520/300 360/208 7.5 M10 B84143B0400S080 6RX1800-0GF03
400 760/440 560/320 7.5 M10 B84143B0400S081 6RX1800-0LF07
600 – 690/400 22 M10 B84143B0600S024 6RX1800-0KF03
600 520/300 360/208 7.8 M10 B84143B0600S080 6RX1800-0GF04
600 760/440 560/320 7.8 M10 B84143B0600S081 6RX1800-0LF08
1000 – 690/400 28 M12 B84143B1000S024 6RX1800-0KF04
1000 520/300 360/208 18.5 M12 B84143B1000S080 6RX1800-0GF05
1000 760/440 560/320 18.5 M12 B84143B1000S081 6RX1800-0LF10
1600 – 690/400 34 2 x M12 B84143B1600S024 6RX1800-0KF05
1600 520/300 360/208 24.5 2 x M12 B84143B1600S080 6RX1800-0GF06
1600 760/440 560/320 24.5 2 x M12 B84143B1600S081 6RX1800-0LF11
2500 530/310 460/265 105 4 x M12 B84143B2500S020 6RX1800-0GF07
2500 760/440 560/320 105 4 x M12 B84143B2500S021 6RX1800-0LF12
2500 – 690/400 105 4 x M12 B84143B2500S024 6RX1800-0KF06
Line filters for auxiliary power supply
25 520/300 440/255 1.1 4 mm2 B84143A0025R105 6RX1800-1GF00
50 520/300 440/255 1.75 10 mm2 B84143A0050R105 – 1)
66 520/300 440/255 2.7 16 mm2 B84143A0066R105 6RX1800-1GF02
90 520/300 440/255 4.2 35 mm2 B84143A0090R105 – 1)
120 520/300 440/255 4.9 35 mm2 B84143A0120R105 6RX1800-1GF04

Permissible operating data

Operating temperature: 0 to +40 °C
Rated frequency: 50/60 Hz ± 6 %

1)
Radio interference suppression filters of this type are not available with
Siemens Article No. If necessary, select the next larger type.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/25

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SICROWBAR AC

■ Application ■ Design
There are three device versions depending on the rated voltage:
Version Rated Design, installation
voltage
A Up to 580 V Mounted in an enclosure.
For mounting in an upright position on
panels in cabinets or machine frames.
B Up to 725 V Mounted on a baseplate.
For installation in 600 mm wide
cabinets.
C Up to 1150 V Mounted on a baseplate.
For installation in 600 mm wide
cabinets.
The power section of the overvoltage protection device has a
P3C connection, 3-pulse fully controlled polygon connection.
The feeders to the polygon connection have metal-oxide
varistors that absorb overvoltage energy.
Semiconductor fuses included in the devices are accommo-
dated in a fused disconnector with integrated fuse monitoring.
SICROWBAR AC overvoltage protection
The break-over diodes (BOD) and RC snubbers for the thyristors
SICROWBAR AC is used to protect power semiconductors and varistors are mounted on a printed circuit board as are also
(thyristors and diodes) in converters against overvoltages the gate series resistors and diodes that transfer the line voltage
between the phases of a three-phase line supply. The range of to the break-over diodes.
applications is not only restricted to protecting DC drive convert-
ers, but can also be used for infeed/regenerative feedback units
4 of AC drive systems that are equipped with thyristors. ■ Mode of operation
Overvoltages that occur on the AC side of converters are mainly
caused by switching operations when disconnecting from the If an overvoltage occurs, which reaches the response voltage of
line supply at the transformer primary side. This applies both to the integrated firing module, then the break-over diodes trigger
operational switching operations (shutdown under no-load and in turn trigger their associated thyristors. As a consequence,
conditions) as well as in the case of a fault (shutdown under the varistors are switched to the line supply. The varistors absorb
load). the overvoltage energy. An RC protective circuit protects the
thyristors against an excessively steep voltage rate of rise when
Overvoltage protection is normally used in the following the current is interrupted.
configuration:
■ Configuration
Notes on selection
Line supply
The following conditions should be maintained when selecting
the overvoltage protection:
• The limit voltage of the overvoltage protection VRRM55 must not
exceed the highest periodic and permissible peak blocking
voltage of the power semiconductors to be protected.
• The rated supply voltage of the overvoltage protection must
2 not be exceeded.
4 • Commutation overvoltages of the converter that periodically
1 occur must remain below the response voltage of the
U overvoltage protection. The energy absorption capability of
the selected overvoltage protection should be checked.
V A distinction must be made between two operating cases:
- Transformer is shut down under no-load conditions
W - Transformer is shut down under load
Detailed notes on configuration, standards and connection of
the overvoltage protection are provided in the operating
G_D023_EN_00073a instructions or on the Internet at
Converter [Link]
unit
18260008/130000.

4/26 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SICROWBAR AC

■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications SICROWBAR AC
Degree of protection IP00 according to EN 60529
Protection class I according to EN 50178
Overvoltage category III according to EN 60664
Dimensioning creepages and clearances Pollution degree 2 acc. to EN 50178
Rated insulation voltage 725 V AC for rated supply voltages of 400 ... 725 V
(for installation altitudes up to 2000 m above sea level) 1) 1200 V AC for rated supply voltages of 850 ... 1150 V
Installation altitude ≤ 2000 m above sea level
Permissible ambient temperature
• In operation +5 ... +55 °C
• In storage -40 ... +70 °C
Climate class 3K3 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3 : 2002
Fuse monitoring (microswitch at the fused disconnector, Flat connector 6.3 mm × 0.8 mm
1 changeover contact)
• Disconnector closed, all fuse links OK 1/2 closed, 1/4 opened
• Disconnector closed, one or several fuse links defective 1/4 closed, 1/2 opened
• Disconnector open 1/4 closed, 1/2 opened
• Maximum switching capacity 50 Hz 250 V AC, 3 A
30 V DC, 3 A
MTBF >165 years

SICROWBAR AC
7VV3002-3CD20 7VV3002-3AD20 7VV3002-3BD20 7VV3002-3GD20
4
Max. permissible rated supply voltage Vrated V 460 550
Nominal response voltage of BOD element VAN V 1000 1200 1400 1600
Min. limit voltage of BOD element at 5 °C VRRM_05 V 864 1056 1248 1440
Max. limit voltage of BOD element at 55 °C VRRM_55 V 1166 1378 1590 1802
Max. permissible peak current, Imax A 200 1000 2000
Rated insulation voltage (the insulation voltage is determined by V 550
the highest rated supply voltage of the relevant construction type)
VISO
Varistor voltage (breakdown voltage) at TA = 25 °C, 1 mA V 720 860
(data sheet value × 2 for 2 series-connected varistors) VV
Max. energy (for 2 ms) at TA = 85 °C Ws 600 720
(data sheet value × 2 for 2 series-connected varistors) W0
Energy that can be absorbed 100 times Ws 350 419
(determined from the derating data) W2
Energy that can be absorbed 10000 times Ws 42 50
(determined from the derating data) W4
Version A
Dimensions
• Width mm 265
• Height mm 385
• Depth mm 237
Weight, approx. kg 7

1)
Installation altitudes above 2000 m on request.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/27

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SICROWBAR AC

■ Technical specifications
SICROWBAR AC
7VV3002-3DD20 7VV3002-3ED20 7VV3002-3JD20 7VV3002-3KD20 7VV3002-3LD20
Max. permissible rated supply voltage V 770 920 1100
Vrated
Nominal response voltage of BOD V 1900 2400 2600 2800 3000
element VAN
Min. limit voltage of BOD element at 5 °C V 1728 2208 2400 2592 2784
VRRM_05
Max. limit voltage of BOD element at V 2120 2650 2862 3074 3286
55 °C VRRM_55
Max. permissible peak current, Imax A 300 800 1000 400 1000
Rated insulation voltage (the insulation V 770 1100
voltage is determined by the highest
rated supply voltage of the relevant
construction type) VISO
Varistor voltage (breakdown voltage) at V 1240 1500 1820
TA = 25 °C, 1 mA (data sheet value × 2
for 2 series-connected varistors) VV
Max. energy (for 2 ms) at TA = 85 °C Ws 2400 3300 3000
(data sheet value × 2 for
2 series-connected varistors) W0
Energy that can be absorbed 100 times Ws 986 1196 1027
(determined from the derating data) W2

4
Energy that can be absorbed 10000 Ws 145 176 214
times (determined from the derating
data) W4
Version B C
Dimensions
• Width mm 580
• Height mm 305
• Depth mm 205 245
Weight, approx. kg 11 12

■ Selection and ordering data ■ Accessories

Rated supply voltage Limit voltage SICROWBAR AC For more information on spare parts, refer to
V V Article No. [Link]
460 1166 7VV3002-3CD20
460 1378 7VV3002-3AD20
550 1590 7VV3002-3BD20
550 1802 7VV3002-3GD20
770 2120 7VV3002-3DD20
920 2650 7VV3002-3ED20
920 2862 7VV3002-3JD20
1100 3074 7VV3002-3KD20
1100 3286 7VV3002-3LD20

4/28 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SICROWBAR DC

■ Application ■ Design
The most important components of the device are:
• Two thyristors in an anti-parallel connection
• A firing circuit, which, depending on the version, triggers a
thyristor in the blocking direction at a defined voltage
• A module to detect the voltage at the de-excitation/discharge
resistor, detect the current being conducted, identify when the
overvoltage protection device triggers and signal the status
using binary outputs (applies only to 7VV3003-5...).
• The power connections C, D (copper bars)
• Terminal XEW1 to connect the sensor cable from the
de-excitation/discharge resistor.
• An "Optional fast de-excitation" module (option G11). The
module allows the thyristors to be fired at any time by
controlling three fast relays that are independent of one
another (applies only to 7VV3003-5...).

■ Mode of operation
SICROWBAR DC overvoltage protection 7VV3003-5...
The two thyristors connected in an anti-parallel connection,
SICROWBAR DC protects windings and converters against located between connections C and D, can briefly (approx. 5 s)
overvoltage when supplying large inductances, e.g. field conduct the pulse current. The overvoltage triggers a break-over
windings of synchronous machines, DC machines or hoisting diode (BOD) on the trigger circuit which in turn triggers the
solenoids. An appropriate de-excitation/discharge resistor must blocking thyristor and conducts the firing current past the
be provided. blocking thyristor through a diode connected in an anti-parallel
Further, it is optionally possible to initiate fast de-excitation - configuration to its gate/cathode. Independent of the polarity of
the overvoltage, the break-over diode is always operated in the
4
triggered by a higher-level signal - for 7VV3003-5... units.
same direction using a bridge rectifier and the firing current is
limited using series resistors. The thyristor fires within just a few
G_D023_EN_00074b

Fast de-excitation option 1) microseconds and the voltage decreases quickly down to the
DC
forward voltage (1 to 1.5 V). The load current increases the
overvoltage protection temperature of the thyristor within just a few seconds and the
DC thyristor and the stack construction (in the case of units
converter 7VV3003-5...) absorb the thermal energy. As a consequence,
the load cycle can only be repeated after a cooling time has
elapsed (see Technical specifications).

1) 1) 1) The following also applies to units 7VV3003-5...:

D 3 4 C XEW1
The fast de-excitation option (G11) is connected to the firing
circuit in such a way that the thyristors can be triggered at any
De-excitation/ time by controlling at least one of the three fast relays - that are
discharge
Thermo independent of one another. This assumes that there is sufficient
resistor
switch voltage. Generally, this is approximately 5 % of the trigger
voltage. Each of the three relays can be controlled with 24 V DC,
110 V to 125 V DC or 220 V to 240 V DC.
The voltage detection for the de-excitation/discharge resistor is
connected to the external de-excitation/discharge resistor.
Synchronous machine When the voltage detection responds, the supplying converter
must be blocked or the current controlled down to zero. The
1) The fast de-excitation option, voltage detection module requires an external 24 V DC power
terminals XEW1 and 3, 4 supply with min. 100 mA.
are not available for 7VV3003-6...
The following generally applies:
The de-excitation/discharge resistor is an external device and is
not included in the scope of supply of the SICROWBAR DC. Its
resistance must be so low that even at the highest load current,
the voltage is still under the destruction limit of the supplying
converter and/or the winding to be protected. The lowest
possible resistance is defined by the supply voltage and the
maximum load current of the converter (dimensioning the fuses).
The required de-excitation time must also be taken into account
when dimensioning the value of the resistance.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/29

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SICROWBAR DC

■ Configuration
The complete arrangement comprises a SICROWBAR DC Detailed information about configuration, applicable standards
overvoltage protection and a de-excitation/discharge resistor. and connection of the overvoltage protection are provided in the
operating instructions or on the Internet at:
The following device parameters that are used to select the
device must be determined: • For units 7VV3003-5...:
[Link]
1. The firing voltage – if this is reached, then the thyristors of the WW/view/en/21696826
SICROWBAR DC are turned on.
• For units 7VV3003-6...:
2. The maximum current that flows or the maximum I2t value [Link]
that occurs. WW/view/en/86152590

Typical load current characteristic

7VV3003-5...: 7VV3003-6...:

12000 IDC as function of Tp

G_D023_EN_00076

I [A] 7VV3003-5JG32 350

G_D023_EN_00093
10000 -5KG32
-5LG32 300
-5MG32
8000 7VV3003-5EG32
-5FG32 IDC [A] 250
-5GG32 200
6000 -5HG32
7VV3003-5AG32
4 4000 -5BG32
-5CG32
-5DG32
150
100
2000 10 % Imax here: = 4.34 s 50
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 t [s] 30 0
0.1 1 10
10 s Tp [s]

Cooling time
7VV3003-5...: 7VV3003-6...:

* * * * * *
G_D023_EN_00075

30 min 30 min 30 min 30 min 30 min 30 min G_D023_EN_00075

t t
Single trigger is periodically possible after 30 min Single trigger is periodically possible after 30 min
cooling-down time. cooling-down time.

** **
G_D023_EN_00077

300 min 300 min

t
After being triggered twice in a time period
< 30 min, a cooling-down time of 300 min is
required.

4/30 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SICROWBAR DC

■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications SICROWBAR DC 7VV3003-6...
Degree of protection IP00 acc. to EN 60529
Overvoltage category II acc. to EN 60664
Installation altitude ≤ 1000 m above sea level
Base plate insulation 3600 Vrms/1s
Climate class 3K5 (without condensation) acc. to IEC 60721-3-3: 2002
Permissible ambient temperature
• In operation -25 ... +45 °C
• In storage -40 ... +85 °C
MTBF >189 years

SICROWBAR DC
7VV3003-6BG30 7VV3003-6CG30
Response voltage V 1200 ± 50 1500 ± 50
Max. rated supply system voltage VL for B6C circuit V 0 ... 420 3 AC 0 ... 500 3 AC
+ 10 % + 10 %
Max. pulse current kA 0.3
Maximum load integral I2t A2s 0.02 x 106
Dimensions
• Width mm 93
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
51
85 4
Weight, approx. kg 0.18

General technical specifications SICROWBAR DC 7VV3003-5...

Degree of protection IP00 according to EN 60529
Protection class l acc. to EN 50178
Overvoltage category III acc. to EN 60664
Dimensioning creepages and clearances Pollution degree 2 acc. to EN 50178
Installation altitude ≤ 2000 m above sea level
Insulation test voltage of the power section (first test) with respect to the 5.5 kV 50 Hz 1 minute corresponding to EN 60034-1 for
housing, voltage detection (signal part) and fast de-excitation (control) rated de-excitation voltages up to 750 V DC
Climate class 3K3 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3 : 2002
Permissible ambient temperature
• In operation 0 ... +40 °C
• In storage -25 ... +70 °C
Power supply required for the voltage detection 24 V DC, +10 %, -20 %, 100 mA
MTBF >189 years

SICROWBAR DC
7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003-
5AG32 5BG32 5CG32 5PG32 5DG32
Response voltage V 800 ± 100 1200 ± 100 1600 ± 100 1900 ± 100 2200 ± 150
Max. pulse current for typical characteristic kA 2.5
Critical pulse current (sine peak 10 ms) kA 5
Critical voltage gradient V/µs 1000
Critical current gradient A/µs 80
Maximum load integral I2t A2s 13.6 × 106
Dimensions
• Width mm 265
• Height mm 350
• Depth mm 285
Weight, approx. kg 17

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 4/31

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Accessories and supplementary components
SICROWBAR DC

■ Technical specifications
SICROWBAR DC
7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003-
5EG32 5QG32 5FG32 5GG32 5HG32
Response voltage V 1600 ± 100 1900 ± 100 2200 ± 150 2600 ± 150 3000 ± 150
Max. pulse current for typical characteristic kA 5.8
Critical pulse current (sine peak 10 ms) kA 11.6
Critical voltage gradient V/μs 1000
Critical current gradient A/μs 300
Maximum load integral I2t A2s 73 × 106
Dimensions
• Width mm 265
• Height mm 350
• Depth mm 285
Weight, approx. kg 18

SICROWBAR DC
7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003- 7VV3003-
5JG32 5RG32 5KG32 5LG32 5MG32
Response voltage V 1600 ± 100 1900 ± 100 2200 ± 150 2600 ± 150 3000 ± 150
Max. pulse current for typical characteristic kA 10.5
Critical pulse current (sine peak 10 ms) kA 21
4 Critical voltage gradient V/μs 1000
Critical current gradient A/μs 300
Maximum load integral I2t A2s 239 × 106
Dimensions
• Width mm 265
• Height mm 350
• Depth mm 285
Weight, approx. kg 20

■ Selection and ordering data ■ Accessories

SIMOREG DC-MASTER SICROWBAR DC The spare parts are listed in the operating instructions.
SINAMICS DC MASTER
Rated armature supply Pulse Response SICROWBAR DC ■ Options
voltage current, voltage, typ.
max. Options for units 7VV3003-5...:
V kA V Article No. Option Order Notes Article No.
code for separate
Units 7VV3003-6… order
400 0.3 1200 7VV3003-6BG30 Fast G11 Initiation of fast 7VV3003-7FG00
480 0.3 1500 7VV3003-6CG30 de-excitation de-excitation by one of the
three relays, of which each
Units 7VV3003-5… has the following control
- 2.5 800 7VV3003-5AG32 voltages:
400, 480 2.5 1200 7VV3003-5BG32 • 220 ... 240 V DC,
+10 % -20 %
575 2.5 1600 7VV3003-5CG32
• 110 ... 125 V DC,
5.8 7VV3003-5EG32 +10 % -20 %
10.5 7VV3003-5JG32 • 24 V DC,
690 2.5 1900 7VV3003-5PG32 +10 % -20 %

5.8 7VV3003-5QG32
10.5 7VV3003-5RG32
830 2.5 2200 7VV3003-5DG32
5.8 7VV3003-5FG32
10.5 7VV3003-5KG32
950 5.8 2600 7VV3003-5GG32
10.5 7VV3003-5LG32
- 5.8 3000 7VV3003-5HG32
10.5 7VV3003-5MG32

4/32 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 5
© Siemens 2020

Engineering information

5/2 Dynamic overload capability

5/2 Overview
5/2 • Determining the dynamic overload
capability
5/15 • Load classes
5/17 • Duty cycles for two-quadrant operation
5/18 • Duty cycles for four-quadrant operation
5/15 More information

5/19 Parallel connection

5/19 Overview
5/19 • Parallel connection of
SINAMICS DC MASTER units
5/19 More information

5/20 12-pulse operation

5/20 Overview
5/20 • SINAMICS DC MASTER for 12-pulse
operation
5/20 More information

5/21 Supply of high inductances

5/21 Overview
5/21 • SINAMICS DC MASTER to supply high
inductances
5/21 More information

5/21 Heating applications

5/21 Overview
5/21 • Heating applications
5/21 More information

5/22 Protection against condensation

5/22 Overview
5/22 • Protection against condensation

5/23 Characteristic values of the pulse

tachometer evaluation electronics
5/23 Overview
5/23 • Input pulse levels
5/23 • Maximum frequency that can be
evaluated
5/23 • Cable, cable length, shield connection

5/24 Notes for EMC-compliant drive

installation
5/24 Overview
5/24 • Notes for EMC-compliant installation
5/24 • Basic information about EMC
5/26 • EMC-compliant drive installation
(installation instructions)

5/30 Harmonics
5/30 Overview
5/30 • Line-side harmonics produced by
converter units in a fully-controlled
three-phase bridge circuit B6C and
(B6)A(B6)C

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
Determining the dynamic overload capability Configuring for the dynamic overload capability
Function overview The configuring sheets contain the following information:
The rated DC current specified on the unit rating plate • The maximum overload duration tan when starting with a cold
(maximum permissible continuous DC current) may be power section and specified, constant overload,
exceeded in operation. The extent to which this value is • The maximum zero current interval tab (maximum cooling
exceeded and how long this lasts are subject to certain limits, down time) until the "cold" thermal state of the power section
which are explained in more detail in the following. is reached, and
The absolute upper limit for the value of the overload currents is • Fields of limiting characteristics for determining the overload
1.8x the rated DC current. The maximum overload duration capability during thermally stabilized, intermittent operation
depends on the time characteristic of the overload current as with overload (periodic duty cycles)
well as on the load history of the unit and also depends on the Technical support personnel from the local Siemens office can
specific unit. provide assistance with the selection of units for duty cycles
Each overload must be preceded by an underload (load phase involving multiple duty stages and cycle times in excess of
with load current < rated DC current). Once the maximum 300 s.
permissible overload duration has elapsed, the load current Remark: The power section is considered to be "cold" if the
must return to at least an absolute value ≤ the rated DC current. calculated substitute depletion layer temperature rise is less
The dynamic overload duration is made possible by thermally than 5 % of its maximum permissible value. This state can be
monitoring the power section (I2t monitoring). I2t monitoring uses queried using a binary assignable output.
the time characteristic of the actual load current to calculate the Structure of the fields of limiting characteristics for intermittent
time characteristic of a substitute value for the increase of the operation with overload
depletion layer temperature of the thyristors above the ambient
temperature. In this case, unit-specific properties (e.g. thermal The fields of limiting characteristics refer to a duty cycle of the
resistances and time constants) are incorporated in the calcula- intermittent overload operation with a total duration (time period)
tion. When the converter unit is switched on, the calculation of 300 s. Such a duty cycle comprises two time sections - the
process starts with the initial values that were determined before base-load duration (armature current actual value ≤ rated DC
the shutdown/line supply failure. The environmental conditions current) and the overload duration (armature current actual
(ambient temperature and installation altitude) must be taken value ≥ rated DC current).
into account when setting a parameter.
Each limiting characteristic represents a unit-specific maximum
I2t monitoring responds when the calculated substitute depletion base-load current for a specific overload factor (limiting base-
layer temperature rise exceeds the permissible value. load current, specified as a % of the rated DC current) over the
Two alternatives can be parameterized as response: minimum base-load duration (limiting base-load duration). For
• Alarm with a reduction of the armature current setpoint to the the remaining duration of the duty cycle, the maximum permissi-
5 rated DC current or
• Fault with unit shutdown
ble overload current is determined by the overload factor. If no
limiting characteristic has been specified for the required over-
load factor, then it will be subject to the limiting characteristic for
I2t monitoring can be disabled. In this case, the armature current the next highest overload factor.
is limited to the rated DC current. The fields of limiting characteristics are valid for a duty cycle of
300 s. Using basic calculation algorithms, duty cycles can be
configured with duty cycle durations of longer than or shorter
than 300 s. This will now be shown using two basic tasks.

300 G_D023_EN_00022
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250 x=1.1

200 x=1.2

x=1.3
150
Example of basic task 2 Overload with x-times t an (s)
x=1.4 rated DC current
100 x=1.1 1438
x=1.5
x=1.2 906
Example of basic task 1 x=1.3 631
50 x=1.4 455
x=1.8 x=1.5 333
x=1.8 123
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 2193
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

Characteristic example for basic tasks 1 and 2

5/2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
Basic task 1
• Given:
Unit, cycle duration, overload factor, overload duration
• To be found:
(Min.) base-load duration and max. base-load current
• Solution:
Cycle duration
< 300 s ≥ 300 s
1. Determine the characteristic Select the limiting characteristic for the specific unit and the specific overload factor
2. Overload duration300 = 300 s/cycle duration × overload duration Overload duration300
3. Base-load duration300 = 300 s – overload duration300
4. Base-load duration300 < base-load duration300 Yes: Required duty cycle cannot be configured
for max. base-load current = 0 No: Read the max. base-load current for overload duration300 from the limiting characteristic
5. Determine the percentage for the base-load Read the percentage for the base-load currents from the diagram
current

Example for basic task 1

• Given:
- Unit with 30 A
- Cycle duration 113.2 s
- Overload factor 1.45
- Overload duration 20 s
• To be found:
- (Min.) base-load duration
- Max. base-load current
• Solution:
- Limiting characteristic for a unit with 30 A
- Overload factor 1.5
- Overload duration300 = 300 s/113.2 s × 20 s = 53 s →
- Max. base-load current = 44 % Irated = 13.2 A
Basic task 2
• Given: 5
Unit, cycle duration, overload factor, base-load current
• To be found:
Maximum overload duration, minimum base-load duration
• Solution:
Cycle duration
< 300 s ≥ 300 s
1. Determine the characteristic Select the limiting characteristic for the specific unit and the specific overload factor
2. Max. overload duration = (Cycle duration/300 s) × overload duration300 300 s – base-load duration300
3. Min. base-load duration = Cycle duration - max. overload duration Cycle duration - max. overload duration

Example for basic task 2

• Given:
- Unit with 30 A
- Cycle duration 140 s
- Overload factor 1.15
- Base-load current = 0.6 × Irated = 18 A
• To be found:
- Maximum overload duration
- Minimum base-load duration
• Solution:
- Limiting characteristic for a unit with 30 A
- Overload factor 1.2
- Base-load current = 60 % Irated →
- Overload duration300 = 127 s
- Max. overload duration = 140 s/300 s × 127 s = 59 s
- Min. base-load duration = 140 s - 59 s = 81 s
Explanation of terms:
Base-load duration300 = min. base-load duration for 300 s cycle
duration (300 s – overload duration)
Overload duration300 = max. overload duration for 300 s cycle
duration

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/3

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00023
x=1.1

x=1.2
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

x=1.3
200
x=1.4
x=1.5
150
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.8 x=1.1 9227
x=1.2 1633
x=1.3 1112
50 x=1.4 833
x=1.5 651
x=1.8 342
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 2303
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8013-6DV62-0AA0 15 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8013-6FV62-0AA0 15 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V

300 G_D023_EN_00024
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250 x=1.1

200 x=1.2

x=1.3
150

5 x=1.4
x=1.5
Overload with x-times
rated DC current
t an (s)

100 x=1.1 1438

x=1.2 906
x=1.8 x=1.3 631
50 x=1.4 455
x=1.5 333
x=1.8 123
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 2193
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8018-6DV62-0AA0 30 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8018-6FV62-0AA0 30 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V

300 G_D023_EN_00025
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

x=1.1
250

x=1.2
200
x=1.3

150 x=1.4
x=1.5 Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.1 2081
x=1.8 x=1.2 1356
x=1.3 990
50 x=1.4 758
x=1.5 593
x=1.8 296
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 2902
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8025-6DS22-0AA0 60 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8025-6FS22-0AA0 60 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V,

6RA8025-6GS22-0AA0 60 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V

5/4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00026
x=1.1
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250
x=1.2

200 x=1.3

x=1.4
150
x=1.5
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.1 2536
x=1.8 x=1.2 1447
x=1.3 1017
50 x=1.4 762
x=1.5 588
x=1.8 283
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 2571
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8025-6DV62-0AA0 60 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8025-6FV62-0AA0 60 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V,

6RA8025-6GV62-0AA0 60 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00027
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250 x=1.1

200 x=1.2

x=1.3
150
x=1.4

x=1.5
Overload with x-times
rated DC current
t an (s)
5
100 x=1.1 1877
x=1.2 1184
x=1.3 830
50 x=1.8 x=1.4 603
x=1.5 442
x=1.8 150
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 2725
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8028-6DS22-0AA0 90 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8028-6FS22-0AA0 90 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V

300 G_D023_EN_00028
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

x=1.1
250
x=1.2

200 x=1.3

x=1.4
150 x=1.5
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.8 x=1.1 1911
x=1.2 1320
x=1.3 1007
50 x=1.4 804
x=1.5 659
x=1.8 391
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 2683
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8028-6DV62-0AA0 90 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8028-6FV62-0AA0 90 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/5

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00029
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

x=1.1
250

x=1.2
200
x=1.3

150 x=1.4
x=1.5 Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.1 1994
x=1.8 x=1.2 1319
x=1.3 968
50 x=1.4 743
x=1.5 583
x=1.8 289
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 2828
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8031-6DS22-0AA0 125 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8031-6FS22-0AA0 125 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V,
6RA8031-6GS22-0AA0 125 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00030
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

x=1.1
250

x=1.2
200
x=1.3

x=1.4
150
x=1.5 Overload with x-times t an (s)

5 100
rated DC current
x=1.1 2159
x=1.8
x=1.2 1452
x=1.3 1078
50 x=1.4 835
x=1.5 662
x=1.8 343
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 3158
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8031-6DV62-0AA0 125 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8031-6FV62-0AA0 125 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V,
6RA8031-6GV62-0AA0 125 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00031
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250
x=1.1

200

x=1.2
150
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.3 x=1.1 680
x=1.2 318
x=1.4 x=1.3 167
50 x=1.4 79
x=1.5 x=1.5 25
x=1.8 x=1.8 1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 813
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current
6RA8075-6DS22-0AA0 210 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8075-6DV62-0AA0 210 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V,
6RA8075-6FS22-0AA0 210 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V, 6RA8075-6FV62-0AA0 210 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V,
6RA8075-6GS22-0AA0 210 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V, 6RA8075-6GV62-0AA0 210 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

5/6 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00032
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250 x=1.1

200
x=1.2

150
x=1.3 Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.4 x=1.1 729
x=1.5 x=1.2 381
x=1.3 238
50 x=1.4 156
x=1.8 x=1.5 103
x=1.8 26
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 863
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current
6RA8078-6DS22-0AA0 280 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8078-6DV62-0AA0 280 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V,
6RA8078-6FS22-0AA0 280 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V, 6RA8078-6FV62-0AA0 280 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V

150 G_D023_EN_00033
x=1.1
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

125

100

75
x=1.2 Overload with x-times t an (s)

50
rated DC current
x=1.1 132
5
x=1.2 55
x=1.3 x=1.3 23
25 x=1.4 9
x=1.8 x=1.5 x=1.5 4
x=1.4
x=1.8 1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 203
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current
6RA8081-6DS22-0AA0 400 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8081-6GS22-0AA0 400 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00034
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200
x=1.1

150
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.2 x=1.1 265
x=1.2 108
x=1.3 45
50 x=1.3 x=1.4 12
x=1.4 x=1.5 5
x=1.5 x=1.8 x=1.8 1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 367
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current
6RA8081-6DV62-0AA0 400 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8081-6GV62-0AA0 400 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/7

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
150 G_D023_EN_00035
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

125

x=1.1
100

75
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
x=1.2
50
x=1.1 110
x=1.2 49
x=1.3 x=1.3 22
25 x=1.4 11
x=1.4
x=1.5 x=1.8 x=1.5 6
x=1.8 1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 210
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8082-6FS22-0AA0 450 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V, 6RA8082-6FV62-0AA0 450 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V

300 G_D023_EN_00036
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

x=1.1
200

150
Overload with x-times t an (s)
5 100
x=1.2 rated DC current
x=1.1 331
x=1.3 x=1.2 137
x=1.3 75
50 x=1.4 x=1.5 x=1.4 45
x=1.5 29
x=1.8 x=1.8 7
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 408
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8085-6DS22-0AA0 600 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8085-6FS22-0AA0 600 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V,
6RA8085-6GS22-0AA0 600 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00037
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250
x=1.1

200

150 x=1.2
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.3 x=1.1 426
x=1.2 184
x=1.4 x=1.3 107
50 x=1.4 64
x=1.5
x=1.5 37
x=1.8 x=1.8 5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 519
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8085-6DV62-0AA0 600 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8085-6FV62-0AA0 600 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V,
6RA8085-6GV62-0AA0 600 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

5/8 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00038
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200
x=1.1

150
x=1.2 Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.3 x=1.1 312
x=1.4 x=1.2 170
x=1.5
x=1.3 109
50 x=1.4 75
x=1.8 x=1.5 55
x=1.8 22
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 542
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8086-6KS22-0AA0 720 A/two-quadrant operation 690 V

300 G_D023_EN_00039
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250
x=1.1

200

x=1.2
150
Overload with x-times t an (s)

100
x=1.3 rated DC current
x=1.1 411
5
x=1.4
x=1.2 245
x=1.5
x=1.3 164
50 x=1.4 113
x=1.8 x=1.5 79
x=1.8 20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 606
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8086-6KV62-0AA0 760 A/four-quadrant operation 690 V

300 G_D023_EN_00040
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200 x=1.1

150
x=1.2
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.3 x=1.1 316
x=1.4 x=1.2 175
x=1.5
x=1.3 114
50 x=1.4 80
x=1.8 x=1.5 58
x=1.8 25
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 542
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8087-6DS22-0AA0 850 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V,

6RA8087-6FS22-0AA0 850 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/9

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00041
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

x=1.1
200

150 x=1.2
Overload with x-times t an (s)
x=1.3 rated DC current
100 x=1.1 382
x=1.4
x=1.2 228
x=1.5 x=1.3 151
50 x=1.4 102
x=1.8 x=1.5 68
x=1.8 13
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 593
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8087-6DV62-0AA0 850 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8087-6FV62-0AA0 850 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V,
6RA8087-6GV62-0AA0 850 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00042
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200 x=1.1

150

5 x=1.2 Overload with x-times

rated DC current
t an (s)

100 x=1.3 x=1.1 296

x=1.4 x=1.2 161
x=1.5
x=1.3 102
50 x=1.4 70
x=1.8 x=1.5 50
x=1.8 19
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 527
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8087-6GS22-0AA0 800 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00043
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200

x=1.1
150
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.1 220
x=1.2
x=1.2 99
x=1.3 x=1.3 50
50 x=1.5 25
x=1.8 x=1.4
x=1.4 x=1.5 13
x=1.8 4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 395
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8088-6LS22-0AA0 950 A/two-quadrant operation 830 V, 6RA8088-6LV62-0AA0 950 A/four-quadrant operation 830 V

5/10 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
150 G_D023_EN_00044

x=1.1
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

125

100

x=1.2
75
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
50
x=1.3 x=1.1 208
x=1.2 91
x=1.3 43
25 x=1.4 x=1.4 20
x=1.5 x=1.5 10
x=1.8 x=1.8 3
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 380
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8090-6GS22-0AA0 1100 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V, 6RA8090-6GV62-0AA0 1100 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00045
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200

x=1.1
150
Overload with x-times
rated DC current
t an (s)
5
100 x=1.1 219
x=1.2
x=1.2 99
x=1.3 x=1.3 50
50 x=1.5
x=1.8 x=1.4 25
x=1.4
x=1.5 13
x=1.8 4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 395
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8090-6KS22-0AA0 1000 A/two-quadrant operation 690 V, 6RA8090-6KV62-0AA0 1000 A/four-quadrant operation 690 V

300 G_D023_EN_00046
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200

x=1.1
150
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.2 x=1.1 223
x=1.2 104
x=1.3 x=1.3 54
50 x=1.5
x=1.8 x=1.4 28
x=1.4
x=1.5 15
x=1.8 4
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 395
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8091-6DS22-0AA0 1200 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8091-6FS22-0AA0 1200 A/two-quadrant operation 480 V,
6RA8091-6FV62-0AA0 1200 A/four-quadrant operation 480 V, 6RA8091-6DV62-0AA0 1200 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/11

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00048
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250
x=1.1

200

150 x=1.2
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.3 x=1.1 519
x=1.2 221
x=1.4
x=1.3 123
50 x=1.5 x=1.4 74
x=1.8 x=1.5 46
x=1.8 15
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 591
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8093-4DS22-0AA0 1600 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8093-4DV62-0AA0 1600 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V,
6RA8093-4GS22-0AA0 1600 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V, 6RA8093-4GV62-0AA0 1600 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00049
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250 x=1.1

200

150
5 x=1.2
Overload with x-times
rated DC current
t an (s)

100 x=1.1 546

x=1.3
x=1.2 196
x=1.3 92
50 x=1.4 x=1.4 47
x=1.5
x=1.5 27
x=1.8 x=1.8 8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 499
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8093-4KS22-0AA0 1500 A/two-quadrant operation 690 V, 6RA8093-4KV62-0AA0 1500 A/four-quadrant operation 690 V,
6RA8093-4LS22-0AA0 1500 A/two-quadrant operation 830 V, 6RA8093-4LV62-0AA0 1500 A/four-quadrant operation 830 V

300 G_D023_EN_00050
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200

x=1.1
150
Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.2 x=1.1 274
x=1.2 129
x=1.3 x=1.5 x=1.3 66
50 x=1.8
x=1.4 x=1.4 37
x=1.5 24
x=1.8 8
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 517
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8095-4DS22-0AA0 2000 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8095-4DV62-0AA0 2000 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V

5/12 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00051

x=1.1
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200 x=1.2

150 x=1.3
Overload with x-times t an (s)
x=1.4 rated DC current
100 x=1.1 1247
x=1.5
x=1.2 421
x=1.3 242
50 x=1.8 x=1.4 159
x=1.5 112
x=1.8 47
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 1099
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8095-4GS22-0AA0 2000 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V, 6RA8095-4GV62-0AA0 2000 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00052
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250
x=1.1

200

x=1.2
150

x=1.3
Overload with x-times
rated DC current
t an (s)
5
100 x=1.1 480
x=1.4
x=1.2 248
x=1.5
x=1.3 156
50 x=1.4 105
x=1.8
x=1.5 73
x=1.8 29
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 676
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8095-4KS22-0AA0 2000 A/two-quadrant operation 690 V, 6RA8095-4KV62-0AA0 2000 A/four-quadrant operation 690 V

300 G_D023_EN_00053
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

x=1.1
200

150 x=1.2
Overload with x-times t an (s)
x=1.3 rated DC current
100 x=1.1 514
x=1.4
x=1.2 259
x=1.5
x=1.3 161
50 x=1.4 108
x=1.8
x=1.5 76
x=1.8 31
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 1099
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8095-4LS22-0AA0 1900 A/two-quadrant operation 830 V, 6RA8095-4LV62-0AA0 1900 A/four-quadrant operation 830 V

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/13

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00054
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250
x=1.1

200
x=1.2

150
x=1.3 Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.4 x=1.1 754
x=1.5
x=1.2 343
x=1.3 211
50 x=1.8 x=1.4 144
x=1.5 104
x=1.8 46
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 1118
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8096-4GS22-0AA0 2200 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V, 6RA8096-4GV62-0AA0 2200 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

300 G_D023_EN_00055
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200
x=1.1

150
t an (s)
5
Overload with x-times
x=1.2 rated DC current
100 x=1.1 259
x=1.3 x=1.2 140
x=1.4 x=1.5 x=1.3 86
50 x=1.4 56
x=1.8 x=1.5 38
x=1.8 15
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 465
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8096-4MS22-0AA0 2200 A/two-quadrant operation 950 V, 6RA8096-4MV62-0AA0 2200 A/four-quadrant operation 950 V

300 G_D023_EN_00056
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200 x=1.1

150
x=1.2 Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.3 x=1.1 285
x=1.4 x=1.2 162
x=1.5 x=1.3 105
50 x=1.4 72
x=1.8 x=1.5 51
x=1.8 22
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 465
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8097-4GS22-0AA0 2800 A/two-quadrant operation 575 V, 6RA8097-4GV62-0AA0 2800 A/four-quadrant operation 575 V

5/14 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
300 G_D023_EN_00057
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200
x=1.1

150
x=1.2 Overload with x-times t an (s)
rated DC current
100 x=1.3 x=1.1 296
x=1.4 x=1.2 168
x=1.5 x=1.3 109
50 x=1.4 74
x=1.8 x=1.5 53
x=1.8 23
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 465
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8097-4KS22-0AA0 2600 A/two-quadrant operation 690 V, 6RA8097-4KV62-0AA0 2600 A/four-quadrant operation 690 V

300 G_D023_EN_00058
Overload duration in s for 300 s cycle duration

250

200
x=1.1

150
x=1.2 Overload with x-times t an (s)

100 x=1.3
rated DC current
x=1.1 282
5
x=1.2 160
x=1.4 x=1.5 x=1.3 103
50 x=1.4 70
x=1.8 x=1.5 50
x=1.8 21
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 % 100 t ab (s) = 465
Base-load current as a % of the rated DC current

6RA8098-4DS22-0AA0 3000 A/two-quadrant operation 400 V, 6RA8098-4DV62-0AA0 3000 A/four-quadrant operation 400 V

Load classes
■ More information
In order to be able to adapt the SINAMICS DC MASTER as
simply as possible to the load profile of the driven machine, For further information, please go to the following website
in addition to the individual dimensioning using the limit address:
characteristics of the dynamic overload capability, these can [Link]
also be dimensioned using pre-selected load cycles that are
simple to parameterize.
Note:
SINAMICS DC MASTER does not monitor whether the load class
- set using parameters - is maintained. If the power section
permits it, the unit can operate for overload durations in excess
of those defined by the load class. This means that the driven
machine of the mechanical system is not protected against
overload!
The overload duration that is actually permitted for the power
section in question is always longer than the duration defined by
the load class. SINAMICS DC MASTER monitors whether the
overload duration that is actually permitted for the power section
is being maintained.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/15

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
Load class Load for the converter Load cycle
(parameter)
DC I IDC I continuous (IdN)

G_D023_XX_00005
100 %

DC II IDC II for 15 min and 1.5 × IDC II for 60 s

G_D023_XX_00006
60 s 15 min

150 %
100 %

DC III IDC III for 15 min and 1.5 × IDC III for 120 s

G_D023_XX_00007
120 s 15 min

5 100 %
150 %

DC IV IDC IV for 15 min and 2 × IDC IV for 10 s

G_D023_XX_00008
10 s
15 min

200 %

100 %

US rating IUS for 15 min and 1.5 × IUS for 60 s

G_D023_XX_00006

Note:
With this setting, for all unit types, an ambient
and/or coolant temperature of 45 °C is
permissible. 60 s 15 min

150 %
100 %

5/16 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
Duty cycles for two-quadrant operation
Supply SINAMICS DC MASTER Tu Duty cycles
voltage converter
DC I DC II DC III DC IV US rating
Tu = 45 °C
Continu- 15 min 60 s 15 min 120 s 15 min 10 s 15 min 60 s
ous 100 % 150 % 100 % 150 % 100 % 200 % 100 % 150 %
V Type °C A A A A A A A A A
400 3 AC 6RA8025-6DS22-0AA0 45 60 51.4 77.1 50.2 75.3 46.4 92.8 51.4 77.1
6RA8028-6DS22-0AA0 45 90 74.4 111 72.8 109 65.4 130 74.4 111
6RA8031-6DS22-0AA0 45 125 106 159 103 155 96.3 192 106 159
6RA8075-6DS22-0AA0 40 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RA8078-6DS22-0AA0 40 280 226 340 219 328 201 402 215 323
6RA8081-6DS22-0AA0 40 400 290 435 282 423 244 488 278 417
6RA8085-6DS22-0AA0 40 600 462 693 446 669 413 826 443 665
6RA8087-6DS22-0AA0 40 850 652 978 622 933 609 1219 619 929
6RA8091-6DS22-0AA0 40 1200 884 1326 857 1286 768 1537 842 1263
6RA8093-4DS22-0AA0 40 1600 1255 1883 1213 1819 1139 2279 1190 1785
6RA8095-4DS22-0AA0 40 2000 1477 2216 1435 2152 1326 2653 1404 2106
6RA8098-4DS22-0AA0 40 3000 2288 3432 2189 3283 2164 4328 2178 3267
480 3 AC 6RA8025-6FS22-0AA0 45 60 51.4 77.1 50.2 75.3 46.4 92.8 51.4 77.1
6RA8028-6FS22-0AA0 45 90 74.4 111 72.8 109 65.4 130 74.4 111
6RA8031-6FS22-0AA0 45 125 106 159 103 155 96.3 192 106 159
6RA8075-6FS22-0AA0 40 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RA8078-6FS22-0AA0 40 280 226 340 219 328 201 402 215 323
6RA8082-6FS22-0AA0 40 450 320 480 311 466 274 548 306 460
6RA8085-6FS22-0AA0 40 600 462 693 446 669 413 826 443 665
6RA8087-6FS22-0AA0
6RA8091-6FS22-0AA0
40
40
850
1200
652
884
978
1326
622
857
933
1286
609
768
1219
1537
619
842
929
1263
5
575 3 AC 6RA8025-6GS22-0AA0 45 60 51.4 77.1 50.2 75.3 46.4 92.8 51.4 77.1
6RA8031-6GS22-0AA0 45 125 106 159 103 155 96.3 192 106 159
6RA8075-6GS22-0AA0 40 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RA8081-6GS22-0AA0 40 400 290 435 282 423 244 488 278 417
6RA8085-6GS22-0AA0 40 600 462 693 446 669 413 826 443 665
6RA8087-6GS22-0AA0 40 800 607 911 581 872 559 1118 578 867
6RA8090-6GS22-0AA0 40 1100 804 1207 782 1173 689 1379 766 1150
6RA8093-4GS22-0AA0 40 1600 1255 1883 1213 1819 1139 2279 1190 1785
6RA8095-4GS22-0AA0 40 2000 1663 2494 1591 2386 1568 3136 1569 2354
6RA8096-4GS22-0AA0 40 2200 1779 2669 1699 2549 1697 3394 1678 2517
6RA8097-4GS22-0AA0 40 2800 2136 3204 2044 3066 2022 4044 2024 3036
690 3 AC 6RA8086-6KS22-0AA0 40 720 553 829 527 791 515 1031 525 788
6RA8090-6KS22-0AA0 40 1000 737 1105 715 1072 639 1279 702 1053
6RA8093-4KS22-0AA0 40 1500 1171 1757 1140 1710 1036 2073 1116 1674
6RA8095-4KS22-0AA0 40 2000 1589 2383 1522 2283 1505 3011 1503 2255
6RA8097-4KS22-0AA0 40 2600 1992 2989 1906 2859 1887 3774 1876 2815
830 3 AC 6RA8088-6LS22-0AA0 40 950 700 1051 679 1019 607 1215 667 1001
6RA8093-4LS22-0AA0 40 1500 1171 1757 1140 1710 1036 2073 1116 1674
6RA8095-4LS22-0AA0 40 1900 1485 2228 1421 2132 1396 2793 1414 2121
950 3 AC 6RA8096-4MS22-0AA0 40 2200 1674 2511 1603 2404 1570 3141 1588 2382

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/17

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Dynamic overload capability

■ Overview
Duty cycles for four-quadrant operation
Supply SINAMICS DC MASTER Tu Duty cycles
voltage converter
DC I DC II DC III DC IV US rating
Tu = 45 °C
Continu- 15 min 60 s 15 min 120 s 15 min 10 s 15 min 60 s
ous 100 % 150 % 100 % 150 % 100 % 200 % 100 % 150 %
V Type °C A A A A A A A A A
400 3 AC 6RA8013-6DV62-0AA0 45 15 13.9 20.8 13.5 20.2 12.6 25.2 13.9 20.8
6RA8018-6DV62-0AA0 45 30 24.9 37.3 24.2 36.3 22.4 44.8 24.9 37.3
6RA8025-6DV62-0AA0 45 60 53.1 79.6 51.8 77.7 47.2 94.4 53.1 79.6
6RA8028-6DV62-0AA0 45 90 78.2 117 76 114 72.2 144 78.2 117
6RA8031-6DV62-0AA0 45 125 106 159 103 155 95.4 190 106 159
6RA8075-6DV62-0AA0 40 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RA8078-6DV62-0AA0 40 280 226 340 219 328 201 402 215 323
6RA8081-6DV62-0AA0 40 400 300 450 292 438 247 494 285 428
6RA8085-6DV62-0AA0 40 600 470 706 453 680 410 820 450 675
6RA8087-6DV62-0AA0 40 850 658 987 634 951 579 1 159 626 939
6RA8091-6DV62-0AA0 40 1200 884 1326 857 1286 768 1 537 842 1263
6RA8093-4DV62-0AA0 40 1600 1255 1883 1213 1819 1139 2279 1190 1785
6RA8095-4DV62-0AA0 40 2000 1477 2216 1435 2152 1326 2653 1404 2106
6RA8098-4DV62-0AA0 40 3000 2288 3432 2189 3283 2164 4328 2178 3267
480 3 AC 6RA8013-6FV62-0AA0 45 15 13.9 20.8 13.5 20.2 12.6 25.2 13.9 20.8
6RA8018-6FV62-0AA0 45 30 24.9 37.3 24.2 36.3 22.4 44.8 24.9 37.3
6RA8025-6FV62-0AA0 45 60 53.1 79.6 51.8 77.7 47.2 94.4 53.1 79.6
6RA8028-6FV62-0AA0 45 90 78.2 117 76 114 72.2 144 78.2 117
6RA8031-6FV62-0AA0 45 125 106 159 103 155 95.4 190 106 159

5
6RA8075-6FV62-0AA0 40 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RA8078-6FV62-0AA0 40 280 226 340 219 328 201 402 215 323
6RA8082-6FV62-0AA0 40 450 320 480 311 466 274 548 306 460
6RA8085-6FV62-0AA0 40 600 470 706 453 680 410 820 450 675
6RA8087-6FV62-0AA0 40 850 658 987 634 951 579 1 159 626 939
6RA8091-6FV62-0AA0 40 1200 884 1326 857 1286 768 1537 842 1263
575 3 AC 6RA8025-6GV62-0AA0 45 60 53.1 79.6 51.8 77.7 47.2 94.4 53.1 79.6
6RA8031-6GV62-0AA0 45 125 106 159 103 155 95.4 190 106 159
6RA8075-6GV62-0AA0 40 210 164 247 161 242 136 273 157 236
6RA8081-6GV62-0AA0 40 400 300 450 292 438 247 494 285 428
6RA8085-6GV62-0AA0 40 600 470 706 453 680 410 820 450 675
6RA8087-6GV62-0AA0 40 850 658 987 634 951 579 1159 626 939
6RA8090-6GV62-0AA0 40 1100 804 1207 782 1173 689 1379 766 1150
6RA8093-4GV62-0AA0 40 1600 1255 1883 1213 1819 1139 2279 1190 1785
6RA8095-4GV62-0AA0 40 2000 1663 2494 1591 2386 1568 3136 1569 2354
6RA8096-4GV62-0AA0 40 2200 1779 2669 1699 2549 1697 3394 1678 2517
6RA8097-4GV62-0AA0 40 2800 2136 3204 2044 3066 2022 4044 2024 3036
690 3 AC 6RA8086-6KV62-0AA0 40 760 598 898 575 863 532 1065 569 853
6RA8090-6KV62-0AA0 40 1000 737 1105 715 1072 639 1279 702 1053
6RA8093-4KV62-0AA0 40 1500 1171 1757 1140 1710 1036 2073 1116 1674
6RA8095-4KV62-0AA0 40 2000 1589 2383 1522 2283 1505 3011 1503 2255
6RA8097-4KV62-0AA0 40 2600 1992 2989 1906 2859 1887 3774 1876 2815
830 3 AC 6RA8088-6LV62-0AA0 40 950 700 1051 679 1019 607 1215 667 1001
6RA8093-4LV62-0AA0 40 1500 1171 1757 1140 1710 1036 2073 1116 1674
6RA8095-4LV62-0AA0 40 1900 1485 2228 1421 2132 1396 2793 1414 2121
950 3 AC 6RA8096-4MV62-0AA0 40 2200 1674 2511 1603 2404 1570 3141 1588 2382

5/18 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Parallel connection

■ Overview
Parallel connection of SINAMICS DC MASTER units Redundant operation (mode "(n+m) operation")
SINAMICS DC MASTER units can be connected in parallel to SINAMICS DC MASTER can also be used in a redundant
increase the power rating. configuration as a special operating mode of the parallel
The following secondary conditions must be fulfilled: connection. In this operating mode, it is possible to maintain
operation with the remaining SINAMICS DC MASTER units if one
The hardware and plug connectors necessary to transmit the unit fails (e.g. if a fuse fails in the power section). When appro-
firing pulses and to establish the higher-level communication are priately configured and interconnected, both the armature
provided on the CUD. circuit as well as the field circuit can be redundantly operated.
A maximum of 6 units can be connected in parallel. When SINAMICS DC MASTER units that can still function, continue to
connecting several units in parallel, the master unit should be operate without any interruption when a unit fails. When config-
positioned centrally due to the signal runtimes. Maximum cable uring the system, it is important to note that in redundant appli-
length of the parallel-connection interface cable between master cations, the power rating of only n units (instead of n+m units)
and slave units at each end of the bus: 15 m. must be sufficient.
Identical, separate commutating reactors (uK min. 2 %) are In the case of a fault, the master functionality is automatically
required for each SINAMICS DC MASTER unit in order to evenly transferred. As a consequence, this operating mode is possible
distribute the current. The difference in reactor tolerances deter- both when power sections of the slaves fail and when the power
mines the current distribution. For operation without derating section of the master fails. (MTBF data in redundant operation
(current reduction), a tolerance of 5 % or better is recom- are available on request.)
mended.
Only units with the same DC current ratings are permitted to be
connected in parallel.
The permissible output current when connecting units in parallel
is, when maintaining the secondary conditions:
• Imax = n × IN(SINAMICS DC MASTER)
• n = number of SINAMICS DC MASTER units
Connection schematic of the armature circuit when connecting SINAMICS DC MASTER units in parallel

3 AC 50/60 Hz
400 V ... 950 V

(4) (4) (4)

5
(1) (1) (1)
4U1 4W1 5W1 3U1 1U1 1W1 4U1 4W1 5W1 3U1 1U1 1W1 4U1 4W1 5W1 3U1 1U1 1W1
4V1 5N1 5U1 3W1 1V1 4V1 5N1 5U1 3W1 1V1 4V1 5N1 5U1 3W1 1V1
Fan Power Field Armature Fan Power Field Armature Fan Power Field Armature
supply supply supply
G_D023_EN_00009a

SINAMICS DC MASTER SINAMICS DC MASTER SINAMICS DC MASTER

(Slave) (Master) (Slave)

X177 X165 X166 1C1 1D1 X177 X165 X166 1C1 1D1 X177 X165 X166 1C1 1D1
-13 -12 -9 3C 3D(1D1) (1C1) -13 -12 -9 3C 3D(1D1)(1C1) -13 -12 -9 3C 3D(1D1) (1C1)
(3) (2) (3) (2) (3) (2)

(5) (5) (5)

OFF1
Enable M

(1) The same phase sequence is required between 1U1/1V1/1W1.

(2) The same phase sequence is required between 1C1/1D1.
■ More information
For further information and application documents, please
(3) The units are connected using (8-pin) shielded patch cables of type
UTP CAT5 in acc. with ANSI/EIA/TIA 568, such as those that are used in go to the following website address:
PC network technology. A standard 5 m long cable can be directly [Link]
purchased from Siemens (Article No.: 6RY1707-0AA08). (n-1) cables are [Link]/WW/view/en/38157755/130000
required to connect n units in parallel. The bus termination must be
activated at the units/devices connected at the start of the bus and at the (Entry type "Application")
end of the bus.
(4) These fuses may only be used with units up to 850 A. ■ Selection and ordering data
(5) Only for units up to 850 A in four-quadrant operation. Description Article No.
Parallel patch cable for SIMOREG 6RY1707-0AA08
DC-Master and SINAMICS DCM

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/19

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
12-pulse operation

■ Overview ■ More information

SINAMICS DC MASTER for 12-pulse operation For further information and application documents, please
go to the following website address:
For 12-pulse operation, two SINAMICS DC MASTER converters
are supplied with voltages displaced by 30 degrees. This [Link]
configuration reduces the harmonics. Each SINAMICS [Link]/WW/view/en/38157755/130000
DC MASTER conducts half of the total current. One of the (Entry type "Application")
SINAMICS DC MASTER units is operated with closed-loop
speed control, and the second with closed-loop current control.
A peer-to-peer connection is used to transfer the current setpoint
from the first to the second SINAMICS DC MASTER.
Smoothing reactors are required in the DC circuit for 12-pulse
operation.
Calculating the smoothing reactor
• A smoothing reactor is used for each of the two partial
converters. The reactor comprises a 2-value reactor;
this means that the inductance of the reactor is defined for two
current values.
• The reactor is thermally dimensioned according to the rms
value of the DC reactor current.
Calculating the required inductance
1. Inductance of the reactor at 0.2 × IdN (LD1)
2. Inductance of the reactor for Idmax (LD2)
- for 50 Hz line frequency
LD1 = 0.296 × 10-3 × Vdi/(0.2 × IdN)
LD2 = 0.296 × 10-3 × Vdi/(0.33 × Idmax)
- for 60 Hz line frequency
LD1 = 0.24 × 10-3 × Vdi/(0.2 × IdN)
LD2 = 0.24 × 10-3 × Vdi/(0.33 × Idmax)
L Inductance in H
IdN half the rated DC current of the DC motor

5 Idmax half the maximum current of the DC motor

Vdi = 1.35 × Vrated
Vrated rated line supply voltage

Converter transformer
e.g. Dy5Dd0 or Yy0Yd11

Overvoltage protection Overvoltage protection

Smoothing Smoothing
reactor reactor
G_D023_EN_00010a

12-pulse operation

5/20 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Supply of high inductances, heating applications

■ Overview ■ Overview
SINAMICS DC MASTER to supply high inductances Heating applications
To supply high inductances - such as the fields of large DC or Under certain conditions, the SINAMICS DCM DC Converter can
synchronous motors or lifting solenoids - the gating unit is be used as an AC power controller for heating applications.
changed over to long pulses using the appropriate parameter
settings. At high levels of inductance, the long pulses ensure This means that in some cases the SIVOLT A series of AC power
that the thyristors are reliably triggered. In this case, the arma- controllers can be replaced by SINAMICS DCM converters (see,
ture circuit of the units is not used to supply the armature of DC for example, the following schematic circuit diagram).
motors, but to supply large field windings.
Note:
An external overvoltage protective circuit must be provided at
the DC voltage output of the SINAMICS DC MASTER Isolation
amplifier
(e.g. SICROWBAR DC overvoltage protection).
+ +

■ More information - -
DCM X177:

For further information and application documents, please CUD 29 30

go to the following website address: AL 2

[Link]
[Link]/WW/view/en/38157755/130000 Power section
(Entry type "Application")
Line protection
fuses Load

G_D023_EN_00094

■ More information
For further information and application documents, please
go to the following website address:
5
[Link]

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/21

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Protection against condensation

■ Overview
Protection against condensation
SINAMICS DC MASTER units are designed in compliance with
climate class 3K3 (IEC 60721-3-3 : 2002) without condensation.
When supplied to tropical countries, we recommend that the
electrical cabinets are equipped with cabinet heating elements.
Units with coated PCBs are optionally available (option M08);
these are insensitive to unfavorable environmental conditions.
In order to guarantee safe and reliable operation, under all
circumstances, it should be avoided that the units are commis-
sioned with PC boards with moisture condensation.

5/22 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Characteristic values of the pulse tachometer evaluation electronics

■ Overview
Input pulse levels
The evaluation electronics can process encoder signals
(symmetrical as well as asymmetrical) up to a maximum
differential voltage of 27 V. The encoder type is selected via
parameter. The evaluation electronics are adjusted electronically
to the encoder signal voltage. With the parameter setting,
a sub-division is made into two rated input voltage ranges.

Rated input voltage range

5V 15 V
Low level Differential voltage < 0.8 V Differential voltage < 5 V
High level Differential voltage > 2 V Differential voltage > 8 V 1)
Hysteresis > 0.2 V >1V
Common-mode controllability ± 10 V ± 10 V

If the pulse encoder does not supply any symmetrical encoder

signals, it must be grounded with each signal cable twisted in
pairs and connected to the negative connections of track 1,
track 2, and zero mark.
Maximum frequency that can be evaluated
The maximum encoder pulse frequency that can be evaluated is
300 kHz. To ensure that the encoder pulses are evaluated
correctly, the minimum edge clearance Tmin between two
encoder signal edges (track 1, track 2), as listed in the table,
must be adhered to.
Rated input voltage range
5V 15 V
Differential voltage 2) 2V > 2.5 V 8V 10 V > 14 V
Tmin3) 630 ns 380 ns 630 ns 430 ns 380 ns

If the pulse encoder is incorrectly matched to the encoder cable,

disturbing cable reflections will occur at the receiving end. To 5
ensure that encoder pulses of this type can be evaluated without
errors, these reflections need to be damped. The limit values
listed in the table below must be maintained in order to prevent
the resulting power losses in the evaluation electronics adaptor
from being exceeded.
Fmax
50 kHz 100 kHz 150 kHz 200 kHz 300 kHz
Differential voltage 4) Up to 27 V Up to 22 V Up to 18 V Up to 16 V Up to 14 V

Cable, cable length, shield connection

The encoder cable capacitance must be recharged at each
encoder edge change. The rms value of this current is propor-
tional to the cable length and pulse frequency, and must not
exceed the current permitted by the encoder manufacturer.
A suitable cable that meets the recommendations of the
encoder manufacturer must be used, and the maximum cable
length must not be exceeded.
Generally speaking, a twisted cable pair with a single pair shield
is sufficient for each track. This reduces crosstalk between the
cables. Shielding all the pairs provides protection against
interference pulses. The shield should be connected to the
SINAMICS DC MASTER shield bar through a large surface area.

1) Restriction: See "Maximum frequency that can be evaluated" 4) Differential voltage of the encoder pulses without load (approximate
2) Differential voltage at the terminals of the evaluation electronics encoder power supply voltage)
3) The phase error LG (deviation of 90°) that may occur caused by the
encoder and cable can be calculated from Tmin:
LG = + (90° - fp × Tmin × 360° × 10-6)
LG Phase error in °
fp Pulse frequency in kHz
Tmin Minimum edge clearance in ns

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/23

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation

■ Overview
Notes for EMC-compliant installation Interference emissions and interference immunity
These installation instructions do not claim to contain all details EMC is dependent upon two properties demonstrated by the
and versions of units, or to take into account all conceivable units involved in the system: interference emissions and interfer-
operational cases and applications. ence immunity. Electrical units can be sources of interference
(senders) and/or potentially susceptible equipment (receivers).
Contact partners of the Siemens regional offices are available for
additional information or for specific problems, that have not Electromagnetic compatibility is ensured when the existing
been handled in sufficient detail for your particular application. sources of interference do not impair the function of potentially
susceptible equipment.
The contents of these installation instructions neither form part of
nor modify any prior or existing contract, agreement, or legal A unit may even be a source of interference and potentially
relationship. The particular contract of sale represents the susceptible equipment at the same time: For example, the
overall obligations of Siemens AG. The warranty specified in the power section of a converter unit should be viewed as a source
contract between the parties is the only warranty accepted by of interference and the control unit as potentially susceptible
the Siemens AG. Any statements contained in these installation equipment.
instructions neither create new warranty conditions nor modify
the existing warranty conditions. Product standard EN 61800-3
The EMC requirements for "Variable-speed drive systems" are
Basic information about EMC described in the product standard EN 61800-3. A variable-
What is EMC? speed drive system (or Power Drive System PDS) consists of the
drive converter and the electric motor including cables. The
EMC stands for "ElectroMagnetic Compatibility" and describes driven machine is not part of the drive system.
the capability of a device to function satisfactorily in an electro- EN 61800-3 defines different limit values depending on the in-
magnetic environment without itself causing interference stallation location of the drive system, referred to as the first and
unacceptable for other devices in the environment. Therefore, second environments.
the various units should not mutually interfere with one another.
Residential buildings or locations at which the drive system is
Within the context of the EMC Directive, the SINAMICS directly connected to a public low-voltage supply without inter-
DC MASTER units described in this document are not "units" at mediate transformer are defined as the first environment.
all, but are instead "components" that are intended to be
installed in an overall system or overall plant. For reasons of The term second environment refers to all locations outside
clarity, however, the generic term "units" is used in many cases. residential areas. These are basically industrial areas which are
supplied from the medium-voltage line supply via their own
transformers.

Medium-voltage line supply

5
Propagation
of conducted
Public interference
low-voltage Industrial
supply low-voltage supply

Measuring point for

conducted
interference

First Second
environment environment

Installation
G_D023_EN_00020

limit 10 m
Equipment Measuring point Drive
(affected by for radiated (source of
interference) interference interference)

Definition of the first and second environments

5/24 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation

■ Overview
Four different categories are defined in EN 61800-3 Ed.2 SINAMICS DC MASTER converter units are components of an
depending on the installation site and the power of the drive: electrical drive, such as contactors and switches. Qualified
personnel must integrate them into a drive system which, as an
Category C1: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V for absolute minimum, consists of the converter unit, motor cables,
unrestricted use in the first environment. and motor. Commutating reactors and fuses are also required in
Category C2: Stationary drive systems for rated voltages most cases. Therefore, whether or not a limit value is adhered to
< 1000 V for use in the second environment. Use in the first is determined by the components being installed correctly.
environment is possible if the drive system is marketed and Limiting interference emission levels in line with limit value "A1"
installed by qualified personnel. The warning information and requires not only the converter unit itself, but also the radio inter-
installation instructions supplied by the manufacturer must be ference suppression filter assigned to it and the commutating re-
observed. actor, at the very least. Without a radio interference suppression
filter, the interference emission level of SINAMICS DC MASTER
Category C3: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V for converter units exceeds limit value "A1" of EN 55011.
exclusive use in the second environment.
If the drive forms part of a plant or system, it does not initially need
Category C4: Drive systems for rated voltages ≥ 1000 V or for to fulfill any interference emission requirements. However, EMC
rated currents ≥ 400 A for use in complex systems in the second legislation does stipulate that the plant or system as a whole must
environment. be electromagnetically compatible with its environment.
The following diagram shows how the four categories are If all the control components in the plant or system (such as
assigned to the first and second environments: PLCs) demonstrate a level of interference immunity that is
suitable for industrial applications, then it is not necessary for
every drive to adhere to limit value "A1".
C1 Non-grounded line supplies
Non-grounded line supplies (IT line supplies) are used in some
branches of industry in order to increase the availability of the
C2 plant. In the event of a ground fault, no fault current flows and the
First Second plant can continue with production. However, in conjunction with
environment environment radio interference suppression filters, in the case of a fault, a
C3 fault current flows, which can cause the drives to shut down or
possibly even destroy the radio interference suppression filter.
This is the reason that the product standard does not define any
C4 limit values for these types of line supplies. From an economics
G_D213_EN_00009a perspective, any necessary EMC conformance measures
should be taken on the grounded primary side of the supply
Definition of categories C1 to C4 transformer.
SINAMICS DC MASTER units are nearly always used in the
second environment (Categories C3 and C4).
EMC planning
If two units are not electromagnetically compatible, you can
5
Radio interference suppression filters and commutating reactors reduce the interference emission level of the source of interfer-
are required whenever they are to be used in Category C2. ence or increase the interference immunity of the potentially
SINAMICS DC MASTER units conform to the interference susceptible equipment.
immunity requirements defined in EN 61800-3 for the second Sources of interference are generally power electronics units with
environment, and thus also to the lower requirements in the first high power consumption. Reducing their interference emission
environment. levels requires complex filters. Potentially susceptible equipment
Standard EN 55011 usually refers to controlgear and sensors, including their evalua-
Some situations require compliance with standard EN 55011. tion circuit. Lower costs are involved with increasing the interfer-
This defines limit values for interference emissions in industrial ence immunity of units with lower power ratings. This means, that
and residential environments. The values that are measured are from an economics perspective, increasing the interference
conducted interference at the line supply connection as interfer- immunity is generally a more favorable option for industrial
ence voltage, and electromagnetically radiated interference as applications than reducing the interference emission level. For
radio interference, under standardized conditions. example, to maintain limit value class A1 of EN 55011, the radio
interference voltage at the line supply connection point between
The standard defines limit values "A1" and "B1" which, for inter- 150 and 500 kHz can be a maximum of 79 dB (μV) and between
ference voltage, apply to the 150 kHz - 30 MHz range and, for 500 kHz and 30 MHz, a maximum of 73 dB (μV) (9 or 4.5 mV).
radio interference, the 30 MHz - 2 GHz range. Since SINAMICS
DC MASTER converter units are used in industrial applications, In industrial applications, EMC between units should be based
they are subject to the limit value "A1". In order to achieve limit on a carefully-balanced combination of the interference
value "A1", the SINAMICS DC MASTER units must be provided emission and interference immunity levels.
with external radio interference suppression filters and The most cost-effective measure that can be put in place to
commutating reactors. achieve EMC conformance is to physically separate sources of
SINAMICS DC MASTER, industrial applications interference and potentially susceptible equipment - provided
that you have taken this option into account during the planning
Industrial applications demand that units demonstrate an stage of your machine/plant. In the first instance, it is necessary
extremely high level of interference immunity, but by contrast to determine whether each unit used is a potential source of in-
place very low requirements on them in terms of interference terference or potentially susceptible equipment. Within this con-
emission levels. text, converter units and contactors, for example, can be
counted as sources of interference. While examples of poten-
tially susceptible equipment (interference sink) include PLCs,
encoders and sensors.
The components in the control cabinet (sources of interference
and potentially susceptible equipment) must be physically sep-
arated, by means of partition plates if necessary, or by installing
them in metal enclosures.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/25

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation

■ Overview
EMC-compliant drive installation Rule 9
(installation instructions) Ground the shields of digital signal cables at both ends (source
and destination), ensuring maximum contact area and good
General information conductivity. In the event of poor equipotential bonding between
Not only are drives operated in a wide variety of environments, the shield connections, run an additional equipotential bonding
but the electrical components used (controls and switched conductor with a cross-section of at least 10 mm2 parallel to the
mode power supplies, and so on) can also differ widely with shield for the purpose of reducing the shield current. Generally
respect to interference immunity and interference emission speaking, the shields may also be connected to the cabinet
levels, meaning that all installation guidelines of any kind can enclosure (ground) at several points. The shields can be
offer is a practical compromise. This is the reason that it is connected several times even outside the control cabinet.
possible to deviate from the EMC rules on a case-for-case basis Foil-type shields should be avoided, as they are at least 5 times
provided that individual measures are tested. less effective than braided shields.
In order to ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) in your Rule 10
control cabinets in rugged electrical environments and adhere to Shields for analog signal cables may be connected to ground at
the standards required by the relevant legislating body, the EMC both ends if the equipotential bonding is good (this must be
rules listed below should be followed during the construction done through a large surface area with good conductivity!). It
and design stages. can be assumed that equipotential bonding is good if all of the
Rules 1 to 10 are generally valid. Rules 11 to 15 must be followed metal parts are interconnected with one another through a good
in order to fulfill interference emission standards. electrical connection and the electronics components are
supplied from a single source.
Rules for EMC-compliant installation
Connecting shields at one end prevents low-frequency, capaci-
Rule 1 tive interference from being coupled in (e.g. 50 Hz hum). In this
All metal parts of the control cabinet are connected with one case, the shield should be connected in the control cabinet;
another through a large surface area with a good electrical whereby the shield can also be connected using a separate
connection (not paint on paint!). If required, contact or serrated wire.
washers should be used. The cabinet door must be connected
to the cabinet using the shortest possible grounding straps Rule 11
(at the top, center, and bottom). Ensure that the radio interference suppression filter is located
close to the suspected source of interference. The filter must be
Rule 2 attached to the cabinet enclosure, mounting plate, etc., through
Contactors, relays, solenoid valves, electromechanical operat- a large surface area. Incoming and outgoing cables must be
ing hours counters, etc., in the cabinet and - where applicable - physically separated.
in neighboring cabinets - must be provided with quenching
combination, e.g. RC elements, varistors, and diodes. The pro- Rule 12
Radio interference suppression filters must be used in order to
5
tective circuit must be directly connected to the particular coil.
conform to limit value class A1. Additional loads must be
Rule 3 connected upstream of the filter (line side).
Signal cables 1) if at all possible, should only be routed at just
one level in the cabinet. The control used and the manner in which the rest of the control
cabinet is wired will determine whether an additional line filter
Rule 4 needs to be installed.
Unshielded cables in the same circuit (outgoing/incoming
conductors) must be twisted wherever possible, or the area Rule 13
between them minimized, to prevent the unnecessary formation A commutating reactor must be included in the field circuit for
of frame antennae. controlled field power supplies.
Rule 5 Rule 14
Connect spare wires at both ends to the cabinet ground A commutating reactor must be included in the armature circuit
(ground 2)). This achieves an additional shielding effect. of the converter.
Rule 6 Rule 15
Avoid unnecessary cable lengths. This keeps coupling The motor cables do not have to be shielded. There must be a
capacitances and inductances low. clearance of at least 20 cm between the line supply feeder cable
and the motor cables (field, armature). If necessary, a separat-
Rule 7 ing metal partition should be used.
Crosstalk is generally reduced, if cables are routed close to the
control cabinet ground. Therefore, do not route cables freely The cabinet design shown in the following diagram is intended
around the cabinet, but route them as close as possible to the to help the user become familiar with EMC-critical parts. This
cabinet enclosure or to the mounting plates. This also applies to example does not claim to show all possible cabinet compo-
spare cables. nents or design options.
Rule 8 Additional diagrams show details that are not immediately clear
Signal and power cables must be physically separated (to pre- in the overview diagram and which may also have an effect on
vent coupling paths!). A minimum distance of 20 cm must be the resistance to interference/interference emission levels of the
observed. cabinet as well as different shield connection techniques.
If it is not possible to physically separate the encoder and motor
cables, the encoder cable must be decoupled either using a
partition or by routing it in a metal conduit. The partition or metal
conduit must be grounded at several points.
1) 2)
Signal cables are defined as: Generally speaking, "ground" refers to all metallic conductive parts that can
Digital signal cable: be connected to a protective conductor, such as the cabinet enclosure,
Cables for pulse encoders, motor enclosure, or foundation ground, etc.
serial interfaces, e.g. PROFIBUS DP or
analog signal cable, e.g. ± 10 V setpoint cable.

5/26 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation

■ Overview
Arrangement of radio interference suppression filters and
commutating reactors Do not use the shield
Cable duct bar for strain relief!
Another section shows how the radio interference suppression
filters and commutating reactors are arranged in a SINAMICS
DC MASTER. The order in which the reactors and filters are
installed must be adhered to. The filter cables on the line side
and unit side must be physically separated. Shield connection
For information on selecting fuses for semiconductor protection,
please refer to the section titled "Line fuses".

Cable clamping bar

G_D023_EN_00011a
for strain-relief
Control trans-

G_D023_EN_00012
former fan
Attach to cabinet enclosure Also shield on the
over a large surface area plant side (e.g at the
Circuit-breaker SINAMICS
DC MASTER with good conductivity pulse encoder)!
Fuse at both ends!
links/
m.c.b.'s
Commutating Shielding at the cable entry to the cabinet
reactor - field
See Fig. "Radio
interf. suppres. filter" Main contactor
Circuit-breaker
Radio interference
suppression filter Radio Data cable
interference Data cable (e. g.
See Fig. PROFIBUS DP) (e. g. pulse encoder)
"Shielding in the suppression
control cabinet" filter for 3 AC Analog signal
converters cable
Shield bars
Connecting terminals
Fuse links
Fuse links

Connecting terminals Main switch Attach to cabinet

Cable duct enclosure over a
large surface area Connecting
Shield bars

5
with good conduc- terminals
Cable clamping bar
tivity at both ends
See Fig. "Shielding Commutating
at the cable entry to reactor
the cabinet"

G_D023_EN_00013
Protective conductor Customer connection, 3 AC Also shield
(location is uncritical) Customer connection, DC on the plant side
Customer connection (e. g. at the pulse encoder)
Pulse encoder

Example of a cabinet design with a SINAMICS DC MASTER of

up to 850 A
Shielding in the control cabinet

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/27

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation

■ Overview
Radio interference suppression filter for the SINAMICS
DC MASTER field power section

Separate Separate
G_D023_EN_00018
unfiltered unfiltered
and filtered and filtered
cables cables

L3 L2 L1
L1 L2 L3

Line
con-
NETZ/LINE LAST/LOAD
nection Power section
connection,
field circuit

Connect protective Connect the line filter to the cabinet enclosure

conductor through large surface area

Radio interference suppression filter

Shield connection

1 2 3 4

5
G_D023_XX_00019

Shield connection

$ Connecting terminal on a copper bar, max. cable diameter

15 mm
% Bar-mounting terminal on a copper bar, max. cable diameter
10 mm
& Metallic tube or cable tie on a bare metallic
comb-type/toothed bar
( Clamp with metallic backing plate on cable support rail

5/28 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Notes for EMC-compliant drive installation

■ Overview
Arrangement of the components for converter units

230 V 400 V 400 V Line supply voltage

(5) (6) (5) (6) (4) (6) (3) (6)

NC (1) (2)

5N1 5U1 5W1 5N1 5U1 5W1 3U1 3W1 1U1 1V1 1W1
Power supply Field Armature
G_D023_EN_00004a

230 V AC or 400 V AC

SINAMICS DC MASTER
3C 3D 1C1 1D1

Arrangement of reactors and radio interference suppression filters

5
(1) The commutating reactor in the field circuit is dimensioned
for the rated motor field current.
(2) The commutating reactor in the armature circuit is
dimensioned for the rated motor armature current.
The line current is 0.82 times the DC current.
(3) The radio interference suppression filter for the armature
circuit is dimensioned for the rated motor armature current.
The line current is 0.82 times the DC current.
(4) The radio interference suppression filter for the field circuit is
dimensioned for the rated motor field current.
(5) Radio interference suppression filters are not required for the
electronics power supply alone. Current consumption 1 A at
400 V, 2 A at 230 V.
(6) If the power supply voltages for the armature circuit, field
circuit and electronics power supply are the same, then the
voltage for the field and electronics power supply can also be
taken after the radio interference suppression filter for the
armature circuit.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 5/29

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Engineering information
Harmonics

■ Overview
Line-side harmonics produced by converter units in a fully- The harmonics currents calculated according to the table only
controlled three-phase bridge circuit B6C and (B6)A(B6)C apply for:
The majority of converter units for medium-power applications a) Short-circuit power SK at the point where the converter
have a fully-controlled three-phase bridge circuit. Below is an unit is connected
example of the harmonics that can be found in a typical system
configuration for two firing angles (α = 20° and α = 60°). SK = VV02/XN (VA)

The values have been taken from a previous publication, where

"Oberschwingungen im netzseitigen Strom sechspulsiger XN = XK - XD = 0.03536 × VV0/Id - 2π × fN × LD (Ω)
netzgeführter Stromrichter (Harmonics in the Line-Side Current
of Six-Pulse, Line-Commutated Converters)" by H. Arremann VV0 No-load voltage at the point where the converter unit is
and G. Möltgen, Siemens Research and Development Division, connected in V
Volume 7 (1978) No. 2, © Springer-Verlag 1978. Id DC current of the operating point being investigated in A
In addition, the formulas are specified which, depending on the fN Line frequency in Hz
actual operating data in use line supply voltage (no-load voltage
VV0), line frequency fN, and DC current Id, can be used to calcu- LD Inductance of the commutating reactor being used in H
late the short-circuit power SK and armature inductance La for b) Armature inductance La
the motor to which the specified harmonics spectrum applies.
La = 0.0488 × VV0/(fN × Id) (H)
If the actual line short-circuit power and/or actual armature
inductance deviate from the values calculated in this way, then If the actual values for the short-circuit power SK and/or armature
they will need to be calculated on a case-by-case basis. inductance La deviate from the values calculated using the
formulas above, a separate calculation will need to be made.
The harmonics spectrum shown below is obtained if the values
for the short-circuit power SK at the point where the unit is Example:
connected and the armature inductance La of the motor, Let us assume a drive with the following data:
calculated using the following formulas, match the actual values
of the plant or system. If the values do not match, the harmonics VV0 = 400 V
will have to be separately calculated.
Id = 150 A
n Iν/I1
fN = 50 Hz
at α = 20° at α = 60°
fundamental factor g = 0.962 fundamental factor g = 0.953 LD = 0.169 mH (4EU2421-7AA10) with ILN = 125 A
5 0.235 0.283 where
7 0.100 0.050 XN = 0.03536 × 400/150 - 2 π × 0.169 × 10-3 = 0.0412 Ω
5 11 0.083 0.089 The following short-circuit power of the line supply required at
13 0.056 0.038 the point where the converter is connected:
17 0.046 0.050 SK = 4002/0.0412 = 3.88 MVA
19 0.035 0.029 and the following armature inductance of the motor required:
23 0.028 0.034 La = 0.0488 × 400/(50 × 150) = 2.0 mH
25 0.024 0.023
The harmonic currents Iν (with I1 = g × 0.817 × Id for firing
29 0.018 0.026 angles α = 20° and α = 60°) that can be taken from the table
31 0.016 0.019 only apply for the values SK and La that have been calculated in
this way. If the actual values deviate from these, a separate
35 0.011 0.020 calculation will have to be made.
37 0.010 0.016
For the purpose of dimensioning filters and compensation
41 0.006 0.016 equipment with reactors, it is only possible to draw on the infor-
43 0.006 0.013 mation provided by the harmonic values calculated in this way if
the calculated values SK and La match the actual drive values.
47 0.003 0.013 In all other cases, a separate calculation will have to be made
49 0.003 0.011 (this particularly applies when using compensated motors as
they have very low armature inductance levels).
The fundamental component of current I1 as a reference variable
is calculated using the following formula:
I1 = g × 0.817 × Id
Id DC current of the operating point being investigated
g basic fundamental content

5/30 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 6
© Siemens 2020

Tools and engineering

6/2 Engineering tools

6/3 Drive Technology Configurator

(DT Configurator)

6/4 STARTER commissioning tool

6/6 SINAMICS DCC (STARTER)

6/7 Drive ES engineering software

Security information
Siemens provides products and solutions
with industrial security functions that
support the secure operation of plants,
systems, machines and networks.
In order to protect plants, systems,
machines and networks against cyber
threats, it is necessary to implement – and
continuously maintain – a holistic,
state-of-the-art industrial security concept.
Siemens‘ products and solutions constitute
one element of such a concept.
Customers are responsible for preventing
unauthorized access to their plants,
systems, machines and networks. Such
systems, machines and components
should only be connected to an enterprise
network or the internet if and to the extent
such a connection is necessary and only
when appropriate security measures (e.g.
firewalls and/or network segmentation) are
in place.
For additional information on industrial
security measures that may be
implemented, please visit
[Link]
Siemens‘ products and solutions undergo
continuous development to make them
more secure. Siemens strongly
recommends that product updates are
applied as soon as they are available and
that the latest product versions are used.
Use of product versions that are no longer
supported, and failure to apply the latest
updates may increase customer’s
exposure to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates,
subscribe to the Siemens Industrial
Security RSS Feed under
[Link]

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Tools and engineering
Engineering tools

■ Overview
The DT Configurator is available as an engineering tool.
The DT Configurator is recommended for quick configuration of
standard products. The configured products can be transferred
to the shopping cart of the Industry Mall if the user has the
required authorization. Thus the DT Configurator provides a
short and efficient procedure from configuring to ordering.

6/2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Tools and engineering
Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator)

■ Overview ■ More information

The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) helps you Online access to the Drive Technology Configurator
to configure the optimum drive technology products for your ap-
plication – starting with gear units, motors, converters as well as More information about the Drive Technology Configurator is
the associated options and components and ending with con- available on the Internet at
trollers, software licenses and connection systems. Whether with [Link]/dtconfigurator
little or detailed knowledge of products: You can easily, quickly
and efficiently configure your particular drive using product
group preselectors, targeted navigation through selection
menus or by entering article numbers directly to select the prod-
ucts.
In addition, comprehensive documentation comprising techni-
cal data sheets, 2D dimensional drawings/3D CAD models,
operating instructions, certificates, etc. can be selected in the
DT Configurator. The products that you select can be directly
ordered by transferring a parts list to the shopping cart of the
Industry Mall.

Drive Technology Configurator for efficient drive

configuration with the following functions
• Quick and easy configuration of drive products and
associated components – gear units, motors, converters,
controllers, connection systems
• Configuration of drive systems for pumps, fans and
compressor applications from 1 kW to 2.6 MW
• Retrievable documentation for configured products and
components such as
- Data sheets in up to 9 languages in PDF or RTF format

6
- 2D dimensional drawings/3D CAD models in various formats
- Terminal box drawing and terminal connection diagram
- Operating instructions
- Certificates
- Start-up calculation for SIMOTICS motors
- EPLAN macros
• Support with retrofitting in conjunction with Spares On Web
[Link]/sow
• Ability to order products directly through the Siemens Industry
Mall
Access to the Drive Technology Configurator
The Drive Technology Configurator can be called up without
registration and without login:
[Link]/dt-configurator

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 6/3

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Tools and engineering
STARTER commissioning tool

■ Overview In addition, the following functions are available for optimization

purposes:
• Self-optimization of the controller settings (depending on drive
unit)
• Setup and evaluation of trace recordings 1)
Tool function for recording 2 × 8 signals with
- Measuring cursor function
- Extensive trigger functions
- Several Y scales
- Sampling times in the current controller cycle clock
Diagnostic functions provide information about:
• Control/status words
• Parameter status
• Operating conditions
• Communication states
Performance features
• Easy to use: Only a small number of settings need to be made
for successful first commissioning: The motor turns
The user-friendly STARTER commissioning tool can be used for:
• Solution-based user navigation simplifies commissioning
• Commissioning
• Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for
• Optimization optimization
• Diagnostics
System requirements
This software can be operated as a standalone PC application,
The following minimum requirements must be complied with:
or integrated as a TIA-compatible program in SIMATIC STEP 7,
or highly integrated into the SCOUT Engineering System • Hardware
(for SIMOTION). The basic functions and handling are the same - PG or PC with Pentium III min. 1 GHz
in both cases. (recommended >1 GHz)
- Work memory 2 GB (4 GB recommended)
In addition to the SINAMICS drives, STARTER also supports - Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels, 16-bit color depth
MICROMASTER 4 devices. - Free hard disk memory: min. 5 GB
The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the • Software
structure of the project tree. - Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher
- 64-bit operating systems:
Beginners are supported by solution-based dialog guidance,
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1
whereby a standard graphics-based display maximizes clarity
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1
when setting the drive parameters.
Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (standard installation)
First commissioning is guided by a wizard which makes all of the Microsoft Windows Server 2016
basic settings in the drive. Therefore, getting a motor up and Microsoft Windows 10 Pro
running is merely a question of setting a few of the drive Microsoft Windows 10 Enterprise
parameters as part of the drive configuration process.
Supported virtualization platforms
The individual settings required are made using graphics-based
parameterization screens, which also precisely visualize the STARTER (V5.1 SP1 and higher) can be installed on a virtual
6 principle of operation of the drive. machine. For this purpose, one of the following virtualization
platforms in the specified version or a newer version can be
Examples of individual settings that can be made include: used:
• How terminals are used • VMware vSphere Hypervisor (ESXi) 6.7
• Bus interface • VMware Workstation pro V14.1.x
• Setpoint channel (e.g. fixed setpoints) • VMware Player V14.1.x
• Closed-loop speed control (e.g. ramp-function generator, • Microsoft Windows Server 2016 Hyper-V
limits)
You can use the following guest operating systems to install
• BICO interconnections STARTER within the selected virtualization platform:
• Diagnostics • Windows 7 Professional/Ultimate/ Enterprise (64-bit)
For experts, the expert list can be used to specifically and • Windows 10 Professional/Enterprise (64-bit)
quickly access individual parameters at any time. An individual
compilation of frequently used parameters can be saved in
dedicated user lists and watch tables.

1)
Depending on drive unit. Not supported for MICROMASTER 4,
SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120 <firmware V4.4, SINAMICS G110D and
SINAMICS G120D <firmware V4.5.

6/4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Tools and engineering
STARTER commissioning tool

■ Integration ■ Accessories
Data can be exchanged (depending on the version) via Depending on the version of the Control Unit (CU), the Control
PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a serial interface. Unit of the drive unit can communicate with the programming
device (PG) or PC via PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a
For commissioning and service, PG/PC can be connected to the serial interface. The following accessories are available for the
CU320-2 Control Unit via PROFIBUS. A PROFIBUS connection particular drive system as listed in the following table.
must be available with a connecting cable at the PG/PC.
Furthermore, communication between the CU320-2 Control Unit Description Recommended accessories
For communication between
and PG/PC can also be carried out via Ethernet, either using an the drive unit and the
(optional) CBE20 Communication Board or the Ethernet programming device or PC
interface -X127 on the CU320-2 Control Unit. Article No.
Note: SINAMICS S120
The terminal strip -X127 is suitable as a communication link to • PROFIBUS CP 5711 communication 6GK1571-1AA00
the PG/PC only for the purposes of servicing and module
commissioning. USB adapter for
connecting a PG

■ Selection and ordering data

or notebook to
PROFIBUS or MPI
USB cable (2 m) included
Description Article No. in scope of supply
STARTER commissioning tool 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 SIMATIC DP 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
for SINAMICS and MICROMASTER connecting cable
English, French, German, 12 MBaud, for PG
Italian, Spanish connection, pre-assem-
bled with 2 × 9-pin Sub-D
Note: connector, 3 m
In addition to the STARTER commissioning tool, SINAMICS Drive
Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) can be installed. This allows the ■ More information
device functionality in the SINAMICS drive system to be
expanded with dedicated technological functions as required. The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the
Internet at
Further information about SINAMICS DCC can be found in the [Link]/starter
SINAMICS DCC (Drive Control Chart) with STARTER section.

1)
An overview of all the supplementary products (e.g. cables and
connectors) that are available for the distributed converter family can be
found at the following link:
[Link]/distributeddrives-supplementaryproducts

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 6/5

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Tools and engineering
SINAMICS DCC (STARTER)

■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data

SINAMICS DCC (Drive Control Chart) is a technological expan- SINAMICS DCC comprises the graphical configuring tool
sion for the SINAMICS S120/S150/G130/G150/MV/DCM/DCP (DCC Editor) and the standard library. SINAMICS DCC is
drive systems. This allows the device functions of the SINAMICS installed as an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool.
drive system to be expanded individually with freely available
closed-loop control, arithmetic and logic blocks. SINAMICS DCC The license key (Floating License) for SINAMICS DCC is
for STARTER enables simple, graphic configuration of these acquired at the same time the order is placed. No runtime
blocks and integrates them in the drive unit. license is required for the DCB standard library included in the
scope of supply.
Existing licenses for SINAMICS DCC V2.1 and higher can also
be used for SINAMICS DCC V3.3.
An upgrade version including a license key for application with
STARTER V5.3 is available for existing SINAMICS DCC V2.0 SPx.
Description Article No.
SINAMICS DCC V3.3
for STARTER V5.3
• On DVD-ROM with license key 6AU1810-1HA33-0XA0
on USB flash drive
• Upgrade on DVD-ROM with license key on 6AU1810-1HA33-0XE0
USB flash drive
SINAMICS DCB Extension license 6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0
Runtime license for license upgrading with
firmware version V4.6 or later
(can also be ordered in conjunction with the
A comprehensive standard library is available for the CompactFlash card, see CompactFlash
card for CU310-2 and CU320-2 Control
configuration, which can be expanded by additional libraries, Units)
the so-called DCB Extension.
SINAMICS DCB Studio V2.1 On request
Via the Siemens application support, a range of example Development tool for programming blocks
applications (winder, synchronous operation, cross-cutter, etc.) that can be imported as an additional library
are available for download on the basis of SINAMICS DCC with (DCB Extension) for SINAMICS DCC in
STARTER or in the TIA Portal
STARTER and can be used as a ready-to-use solution or be
individually adapted or expanded.
Minimum hardware and software requirements
See STARTER commissioning tool.

6/6 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Tools and engineering
Drive ES engineering software

■ Overview ■ Design
Various software packages are available:
SIMATIC Programs Configuration / Commissioning
• Drive ES Basic Maintenance
Drive ES PCS 7 Drive ES Basic Maintenance • Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style)
Drive ES Basic Maintenance
This software product will ensure TIA functionality for the
previous drive systems not supported by STARTER.
Drive ES Basic Maintenance is for first-time users of the world of
Totally Integrated Automation and the basic software for setting
the parameters of all drives online and offline in this environment.
Drive ES Basic Maintenance enables both the automation sys-
tem and the drives to be handled using the SIMATIC Manager
software. Drive ES Basic Maintenance is the starting point for

G_D211_EN_00275c
common data archiving for complete projects and for extending
the use of the SIMATIC teleservice to drives. Drive ES Basic
Maintenance provides the configuration tools for the new Motion
Control functions – slave-to-slave communication, equidistance
and isochronous operation with PROFIBUS DP and ensures that
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate the drives with PROFINET IO are simply integrated into the SIMATIC
communication, configuration and data management functions environment.
of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world
Note:
easily, efficiently and cost-effectively.
For SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drives, this TIA functional-
Various software packages are available:
ity is provided with the STARTER commissioning tool (V4.3.2 and
• Drive ES Basic Maintenance higher).
• Drive ES PCS 7
Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style)
The Drive ES (Drive Engineering Software) fully integrates drives Drive ES PCS 7 links the drives with a PROFIBUS DP interface
from Siemens into the world of Totally Integrated Automation. into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, and it requires
that SIMATIC PCS 7, V6.1 and higher has first been installed.
Drive ES PCS 7 provides a block library with blocks for the
drives and the corresponding faceplates for the operator station,
which enables the drives to be operated from the PCS 7 process
control system. From V6.1 and higher, drives will also be able to
be represented in the PCS 7 Maintenance Station.
From Drive ES PCS 7 V8.0 and higher, two versions of the library
are available: The APL (Advanced Process Library) variant and
the previous version in the so-called Classic Style.
Detailed contents of the Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic
Style)
• Block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Faceplates and control
blocks for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC and MC, as well as
MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER of the third and fourth
generation and SIMOREG DC-MASTER and SINAMICS 6
• STEP 7 slave object manager for user-friendly configuration
of drives and non-cyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with
the drives
• STEP 7 device object manager for easy configuration of
drives with PROFINET IO interfaces (V8.0 SP1 and higher)
• SETUP program for installing the software in the
PCS 7 environment

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 6/7

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Tools and engineering
Drive ES engineering software

■ Selection and ordering data ■ Options

Description Article No. Drive ES software update service
*)
Drive ES Basic Maintenance V5.6 SPx A software update service can also be purchased for the Drive
Configuration software for the integration of ES software. The user will automatically receive the latest soft-
drives into TIA (Totally Integrated ware, service packs and full versions for one year after ordering.
Automation)
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 or higher The update service can only be ordered in addition to an existing
(i.e. previously ordered) full version.
Supplied as: DVD-ROM
Languages: DE, EN, FR, IT, ES • Period of update service: 1 year
with electronic documentation
The update service is automatically extended by 1 further year
• Floating license, 1 user 6SW1700-5JA00-6AA0 unless canceled up to 6 weeks prior to expiration.
*)
Drive ES PCS 7 V8.2 SPx
Function block library for PCS 7 for the Description Article No.
integration of drives in Classic Style Drive ES PCS 7
(as predecessor)
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.2 and higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM Drive ES PCS 7 APL
Languages: DE, EN, FR, IT, ES • Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-2AA0
• Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 ■ More information
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2 More information is available on the Internet at
• Upgrade from V6.x/V7.x/V8.x 6SW1700-8JD00-2AA4 [Link]/drive-es
to V8.2 SPx *)
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.2 SPx *)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in APL Style
(Advanced Process Library)
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.2 and higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: DE, EN, FR, IT, ES
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-2AA0
• Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
• Upgrade from APL V8.x to V8.2 SPx *) or 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.2 SPx *)
Drive ES PCS 7 V9.0 SPx *)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in Classic Style
(as predecessor)

6
Requirement: PCS 7 V9.0 or higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: DE, EN, FR, IT, ES
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-1JD00-0AA0
• Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Upgrade from V6.x/V7.x/V8.x/V9.x 6SW1700-1JD00-0AA4
to V9.0 SPx *)
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V9.0 SPx *)
Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives in APL Style
(Advanced Process Library)
Requirement: PCS 7 V9.0 or higher
Supplied as: CD-ROM
Languages: DE, EN, FR, IT, ES
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-1JD01-0AA0
• Runtime license (without data carrier) 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
• Upgrade from APL V8.x, V9.x 6SW1700-1JD01-0AA4
to V9.0 SPx *) or Drive ES PCS 7
V6.x, V7.x, V8.x, V9.x classic to
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V9.0 SPx *)

*)
Orders are automatically supplied with the latest Service Pack (SP).

6/8 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 7
© Siemens 2020

Services and documentation

7/2 SINAMICS DCM demonstration case

7/2 Overview
7/2 Application
7/2 Function
7/2 Technical specifications
7/2 Selection and ordering data

7/3 SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy

7/4 Range of training courses
7/4 • SINAMICS DCM - Diagnostics and service
7/4 • SINAMICS DCM -
Parameterization continuation course

7/5 Industry Services

7/6 Portfolio overview
7/6 • Digital Industry Services
7/6 • Training Services
7/6 • Support and Consulting Services
7/6 • Spare Parts
7/6 • Repair Services
7/6 • Field and Maintenance Services
7/6 • Retrofit and Modernization Services
7/6 • Service Programs and Agreements

7/7 Online Support

7/8 Documentation
7/8 More information

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Services and documentation
SINAMICS DCM demonstration case

■ Overview ■ Application
• Demonstrating DC drives to customers
• Training Siemens employees and customers
• Test configurations
An automation group using a SIMATIC demonstration case
together with one or several SINAMICS DC MASTER
demonstration cases can be implemented.

■ Function
Operation
The converter can be operated from:
• the commissioning box, which is connected to the terminals of
the unit or the TM15 and TM31
• the AOP30 operator panel
• the PROFIBUS interface
• the PROFINET interface
Demonstration case, opened A description is provided with the demonstration case. This
The SINAMICS DC MASTER demonstration model is installed clearly shows the principle operator panel design and the
ready to be connected-up in a rugged transport case and is possible functions of the operator controls.
immediately ready for operation. It comprises a DC converter To use the STARTER commissioning tool, users require a
480 V 3 AC, DC 30 A, a 0.55 kW DC motor as well as numerous programming device or PC. The system requirements are
options and accessories. The case has two integrated transport described in section STARTER.
wheels and a hinged handle.
Scope of delivery
■ Technical specifications
SINAMICS DCM demonstration case
The following main components are included in the SINAMICS
DC MASTER demonstration case, including all of the required Line supply connection
wiring, connection and signal cables: Supply voltage 110 … 480 V 3 AC
• DC converter 6RA8018-6FV62-0AA0-Z; (+15 %/-20 %)
Z=G00+G10+G20+S01+L05 or
110 … 480 V 1 AC
G00 = Advanced CUD left (+15 %)
G10 = Standard CUD right
G20 = Communication Board CBE20 left Rated frequency 45 … 65 Hz
S01 = Memory card left Connecting cables with 16 A Cecon connector
L05 = Electronics power supply for connection to 24 V DC (5UR5076 3), length approx. 4 m
and a 0.7 m long adapter cable
Option L05 permits operation on a three-phase line supply or a with Cecon socket and
single-phase line supply, e.g. 230 V. Presentations or training connector with ground
courses can be carried out locally without requiring a three- connection
phase supply; for instance in hotels or office buildings.
Line connection fusing required 16 A
• TM31 Terminal Module
Dimensions and weights
• TM15 Terminal Module
Width approx. 680 mm
• AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
Height approx. 700 mm
• Radio interference suppression filter
Depth approx. 430 mm
• Three-phase commutating reactor for the armature circuit
• Single-phase commutating reactor for the field circuit Weight with integrated DC motor approx. 70 kg

• DC motor 0.55 kW, 1750 rpm

• Pulse encoder OG 60 DN 2040 CI
■ Selection and ordering data
7 • Analog tachometer GT 5.05 L/410, Vo = 10 V/1000 rpm
• Commissioning box for SINAMICS DC MASTER to control
SINAMICS DCM demonstration case
Description Article No.
analog and digital inputs and outputs With integrated DC motor 6RX1800-0SM00
Free function blocks and Drive Control Chart can be used The demonstration case is also available for rental.
without any restrictions. Please contact your regional Siemens sales person.

7/2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Services and documentation
SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy

Time for learning

Today’s demands on our knowledge are every bit as diverse and dynamic as our profession itself. We keep learning more and longer
– for our work, for our career and for ourselves. Advancing digitalization entails new topics and is also changing the way we absorb
and process knowledge. SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy offers the right source of knowledge here, which we can use anytime
in just the way we need it. The time for learning is now.

Knowledge you can always find

6,75$,17LPHIRUOHDUQLQJ SITRAIN open bundles useful information, worthwhile data and

up-to-date expert knowledge about Siemens products for
industry. Search it anytime, find anything – and always the right
stuff.
Knowledge that gets you ahead
SITRAIN access is learning in the digital age. It offers you
6,75$,1RSHQ 6,75$,1DFFHVV 6,75$,1SHUVRQDO
individualized ways to build your knowledge and access to
exclusive digital training courses. Take advantage of sustainable
learning success with a wide range of learning methods.
Knowledge for every need Improve your skills – whether working in groups with others, or
by yourself. Whenever, wherever and however you need to.
With its three areas – SITRAIN open, SITRAIN access and
SITRAIN personal – SITRAIN offers you an all-encompassing Knowledge you can experience
range of options for an ongoing expansion of your knowledge
and skills, suited for every type of learner. And SITRAIN uses We all want to learn from the best. And SITRAIN personal’s
advancing digitalization to continuously expand content and training courses let you benefit from our well-practiced trainers’
offer new training methods. expert knowledge, along with direct access to our training
equipment. That’s the best way to convey knowledge – whether
at your company or in our training classrooms. 7
SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy
[Link]/sitrain
Find • SITRAIN open:
your local [Link]/sitrain-open
offer here • SITRAIN access:
[Link]/sitrain-access
• SITRAIN personal:
SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy
[Link]/sitrain-personal
Customer Support Germany
Tel.: +49 911 895-7575
Email: [Link]@[Link]

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 7/3

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Services and documentation
SITRAIN – Digital Industry Academy > Range of training courses

■ Overview
SINAMICS DCM - Diagnostics and service SINAMICS DCM - Parameterization continuation course
Course description Course description/learning objective
In this course you will learn how to eliminate faults in the In this course you will learn about the functional extensions of the
SINAMICS DCM and determine their causes. When changes are SINAMICS DCM. You will be able to commission the drive for
made to the plant or system, you are also in a position to adapt demanding and complex applications.
the parameterization.
Objectives Objectives
You are responsible for reliable operation of the SINAMICS DCM You already know how to parameterize and commission the
direct current drives. If faults occur, then these should be SINAMICS DCM DC drive system.
resolved in the shortest possible time and operation resumed.
In this technology course, you will get to know useful functions
In this course, you will learn how to correctly and safely handle and complex applications. Signal interconnections and
SINAMICS DCM drives when a fault occurs. Based on various communication are also important topics.
scenarios, you will practice suitable measures such as data
backup and recommissioning. After the course, you will be familiar with these expanded
functions of SINAMICS DCM. You will be able to commission the
After the course, you will be able to eliminate faults and drive for demanding and complex applications and use the
determine their causes more quickly. When changes are made possibilities for the STARTER PC program for efficient work.
to the plant or system, you are also in a position to adapt the
parameterization. Target group

Target group Programmers, commissioning engineers, configuring engineers

Service personnel, maintenance personnel Preconditions for participation

Preconditions for participation Good knowledge of SINAMICS DCM and STARTER according to
the course DR-DCM-DG (or also according to the previous
Basic knowledge of drive technology courses DR-DCM-PM, DR-DCM-U, DR-DCM-SI)
Course contents Course contents
• Structure and principle of operation of the SINAMICS DCM • Operation of several SINAMICS DCMs on one motor:
converter: - 6 and 12-pulse parallel connection
- Control module, power section with armature circuit and - 12-pulse series connection
excitation circuit • Operation of several motors on one SINAMICS DCM
- Motor, encoder and interfaces
• Operation with high inductances
• Data backup and diagnostics using:
- STARTER software • Coupling via peer-to-peer interface:
- BOP20 and AOP30 operator panels - Armature supply of DC motors
- Field supply of DC motors
• Determining the signal flow in the setpoint channel
• Protection of the converter against overvoltage with
• Internal interconnections to PROFIBUS and PROFINET SICROWBAR AC and DC side
• Procedure when troubleshooting and recommissioning • Control Module for retrofit solutions
- Checking the operating state and enabling signals
- Analysis of alarms and error messages • Applications:
- Read-out of the diagnostics memory - Overview of possible applications
- Recording of signals using the trace function - Various master-slave couplings of several drives
- Test operation using the control panel and metering • Practical exercises on training equipment with
functions SINAMICS DCM
• Typical faults in power sections, motors, encoders and cables
• Procedure when replacing: Duration 5 days Order code: DR-DCM-PA
- Control module, motor and encoder
- Thyristors and fuses
• Practical exercises on training equipment with
SINAMICS DCM and AOP30
7 Note
The replacement of components is communicated in accord-
ance with the operating instructions and the purchasable spare
parts. If required, complete repairs of the converter can be
performed by Siemens Customer Support.

Duration 5 days Order code: DR-DCM-DG

7/4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Services and documentation
Industry Services

■ Overview

Support and Training Digital Industry Service

Consulting Services Services Programs and
Services Agreements

Spare Parts
Services

Repair Field and Retrofit and

Services Maintenance Modernization
Services Services

G_DA65_XX_00272b

Keep your business running and shaping your digital future – with Industry Services
Optimizing the productivity of your equipment and operations You can rely on our highly dedicated team of engineers, techni-
can be a challenge, especially with constantly changing market cians and specialists to deliver the services you need – safely,
conditions. Working with our service experts makes it easier. professionally and in compliance with all regulations. We are
We understand your industry's unique processes and provide there for you, where you need us, when you need us.
the services needed so that you can better achieve your busi-
ness goals. [Link]/industryservices

You can count on us to maximize your uptime and minimize your

downtime, increasing your operations' productivity and reliabil-
ity. When your operations have to be changed quickly to meet a
new demand or business opportunity, our services give you the
flexibility to adapt. Of course, we take care that your production
is protected against cyber threats. We assist in keeping your 7
operations as energy and resource efficient as possible and re-
ducing your total cost of ownership. As a trendsetter, we ensure
that you can capitalize on the opportunities of digitalization and
by applying data analytics to enhance decision making: You can
be sure that your plant reaches its full potential and retains this
over the longer lifespan.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 7/5

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Services and documentation
Industry Services – Portfolio overview

■ Overview
Digital Industry
Digital Industry Services Repair
Repair Services
Services Services
Digital Industry Services make your industrial Repair Services are offered on-site and in re-
processes transparent to gain improvements in gional repair centers for fast restoration of faulty
productivity, asset availability, and energy devices’ functionality.
efficiency.
Also available are extended repair services,
Production data is generated, filtered and which include additional diagnostic and repair
translated with intelligent analytics to enhance decision-making. measures, as well as emergency services.
[Link]
This is done whilst taking data security into consideration and
with continuous protection against cyber-attack threats.
[Link]/global/en/products/services/industry/
[Link]

Training
Training Services Field and
Field and Maintenance Services
Services Maintenance
From the basics and advanced to specialist Services Siemens specialists are available globally to
skills, SITRAIN courses provide expertise right provide expert field and maintenance services,
from the manufacturer – and encompass the including commissioning, functional testing,
entire spectrum of Siemens products and preventive maintenance and fault clearance.
systems for the industry.
All services can be included in customized ser-
Worldwide, SITRAIN courses are available wherever you need a vice agreements with defined reaction times or fixed mainte-
training course in more than 170 locations in over 60 countries. nance intervals.
[Link] [Link]

Support and
Support and Consulting Services Retrofit and
Retrofit and Modernization Services
Consulting Modernization
Services Industry Online Support site for comprehen- Services Provide a cost-effective solution for the expan-
sive information, application examples, FAQs sion of entire plants, optimization of systems or
and support requests. upgrading existing products to the latest tech-
nology and software, e.g. migration services for
Technical and Engineering Support for ad- automation systems.
vice and answers for all inquiries about func-
tionality, handling, and fault clearance. The Service Card as Service experts support projects from planning through commis-
prepaid support for value added services such as Priority Call sioning and, if desired over the entire extended lifespan, e.g.
Back or Extended Support offers the clear advantage of quick Retrofit for Integrated Drive Systems for an extended lifetime of
and easy purchasing. your machines and plants.
[Link]
Information & Consulting Services, e.g. SIMATIC System
Audit; clarity about the state and service capability of your auto-
mation system or Lifecycle Information Services; transparency
on the lifecycle of the products in your plants.
[Link]

Spare Parts
Spare Parts Service Service Programs and Agreements
Programs and
Services
Spare Parts Services are available worldwide Agreements A technical Service Program or Agreement
for smooth and fast supply of spare parts – and enables you to easily bundle a wide range of
thus optimal plant availability. Genuine spare services into a single annual or multi-year
parts are available for up to ten years. Logistic agreement.
experts take care of procurement, transport,
custom clearance, storage and order manage- You pick the services you need to match your
ment. Reliable logistics processes ensure that components unique requirements or fill gaps in your organization’s mainte-
reach their destination as needed. nance capabilities.
Programs and agreements can be customized as KPI-based
7 Since not all spare parts can be kept in stock at all times,
Siemens offers a preventive measure for spare parts provision- and/or performance-based contracts.
[Link]
ing on the customer's premises with optimized Spare Parts
Packages for individual products, custom-assembled drive
components and entire integrated drive trains – including risk
consulting.
Asset Optimization Services help you design a strategy for
parts supply where your investment and carrying costs are
reduced and the risk of obsolescence is avoided.
[Link]

7/6 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Services and documentation
Online Support

■ Overview

Online Support – fast, intuitive, whenever you want,

wherever you need

Web

[Link]

App

Scan the QR code

for information on
our Online Support
app.

FAQ / Application examples

Information about industrial products, programming and configuration as well as application
examples

Technical information
Videos, documentation, manuals, updates, product notes, compatibility tool, certificates, planning data
such as dimensional drawings, product data, 3D models

Forum
Exchange information and experience with other users and experts

Online Support for Siemens Industry Products

Siemens Industry and Online Support with some 1.7 million visi- In connection with the challenges and opportunities related to
tors per month is one of the most popular web services provided digitalization you can look forward to continued support with
by Siemens. It is the central access point for comprehensive
technical know-how about products, systems and services for
innovative offerings.
7
automation and drives applications as well as for process
industries.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 7/7

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Services and documentation
Documentation

■ More information
The documentation is available for download under the following
link:
[Link]

7/8 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 8
© Siemens 2020

Appendix

8/2 Partner

8/3 Software licenses

8/5 Conversion tables

8/7 Conditions of sale and delivery

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Appendix
Partner
Partner at Siemens

At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,

training, service, support, spare parts on the entire portfolio of
Digital Industries.
Your partner can be found in our Personal Contacts Database at:
[Link]/automation-contact
You start by selecting
• the required competence,
• products and branches,
• a country and a city
or by a
• location search or free text search.

8/2 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Appendix
Software licenses

■ Overview
Software types Rental floating license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license,
The following software types have been defined: except that a license is not required for each installation of the
• Engineering software software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
• Runtime software
Trial license
Engineering software
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz- It can be transferred to another license.
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable Demo license
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering soft-
parties free-of-charge. ware in a non-productive context, for example, use for testing
and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another
Runtime software license. After the installation of the license key, the software can
This includes all software products required for plant/machine be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- interrupted as often as required.
sions, drivers, etc. One license is required per installation of the software.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for Demo floating license
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license,
You can find information about license fees according to use in except that a license is not required for each installation of the
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, user or device).
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. Certificate of License (CoL)
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza- The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of
scope of supply can be found in the readme file supplied with use and must be kept in a safe place.
the relevant product(s).
Downgrading
License types
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers vari- sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
ous types of software license: such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
• Floating license
Delivery versions
• Single license
Software is constantly being updated.
• Rental license The following delivery versions
• Rental floating license • PowerPack
• Trial license • Upgrade
• Demo license can be used to access updates.
• Demo floating license Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
Floating license PowerPack
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
begins when the software is started. with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
A license is required for each concurrent user. ware is licensed.
Single license A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software per license.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per instance, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do
not have to be consecutive). 8
One license is required for each installation of the software.

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 8/3

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Appendix
Software licenses

■ Overview
Upgrade License key
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product software products with and without license keys.
is already held. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous rental license, etc.).
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license The complete installation of software products requiring license
of the software to be upgraded. keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. Software Update Service (SUS)
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
ing to the number of existing original licenses. As part of the SUS contract, all software updates for the respec-
tive product are made available to you free of charge for a period
of one year from the invoice date. The contract will automatically
be extended for one year if it is not canceled three months
before it expires.
The possession of the current version of the respective software
is a basic condition for entering into an SUS contract.

You can download explanations concerning license conditions from

[Link]

8/4 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Appendix
Conversion tables

■ Rotary inertia (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)

B lb-in2 lb-ft2 lb-in-s2 lb-ft-s2 kg-cm2 kg-cm-s2 gm-cm2 gm-cm-s2 oz-in2 oz-in-s2
A slug-ft2

lb-in2 1 6.94 × 10–3 2.59 × 10–3 2.15 × 10–4 2.926 2.98 × 10–3 2.92 × 103 2.984 16 4.14 × 10–2
lb-ft2 144 1 0.3729 3.10 × 10–2 421.40 0.4297 4.21 × 105 429.71 2304 5.967
lb-in-s2 386.08 2.681 1 8.33 × 10–2 1.129 × 103 1.152 1.129 × 106 1.152 × 103 6.177 × 103 16
lb-ft-s2 4.63 × 103 32.17 12 1 1.35 × 104 13.825 1.355 × 107 1.38 × 104 7.41 × 104 192
slug-ft2
kg-cm2 0.3417 2.37 × 10–3 8.85 × 10–4 7.37 × 10–5 1 1.019 × 10–3 1000 1.019 5.46 1.41 × 10–2
kg-cm-s2 335.1 2.327 0.8679 7.23 × 10–2 980.66 1 9.8 × 105 1000 5.36 × 103 13.887
gm-cm2 3.417 × 10–4 2.37 × 10–6 8.85 × 10–7 7.37 × 10–8 1 × 10–3 1.01 × 10–6 1 1.01 × 10–3 5.46 × 10–3 1.41 × 10–5
gm-cm-s2 0.335 2.32 × 10–3 8.67 × 10–4 7.23 × 10–5 0.9806 1 × 10–3 980.6 1 5.36 1.38 × 10–2
2 –4 –4 –5 –4
oz-in 0.0625 4.34 × 10 1.61 × 10 1.34 × 10 0.182 1.86 × 10 182.9 0.186 1 2.59 × 10–3
oz-in-s2 24.13 0.1675 6.25 × 10–2 5.20 × 10–3 70.615 7.20 × 10–2 7.09 × 104 72.0 386.08 1

■ Torque (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)

B lb-in lb-ft oz-in N-m kg-cm kg-m gm-cm dyne-cm
A
lb-in 1 8.333 × 10–2 16 0.113 1.152 1.152 × 10–2 1.152 × 103 1.129 × 106
lb-ft 12 1 192 1.355 13.825 0.138 1.382 × 104 1.355 × 107
–2 –3 –3 –2 –4
oz-in 6.25 × 10 5.208 × 10 1 7.061 × 10 7.200 × 10 7.200 × 10 72.007 7.061 × 104
N-m 8.850 0.737 141.612 1 10.197 0.102 1.019 × 104 1 × 107
–2 –2 –2
kg-cm 0.8679 7.233 × 10 13.877 9.806 × 10 1 10 1000 9.806 × 105
kg-m 86.796 7.233 1.388 × 103 9.806 100 1 1 × 105 9.806 × 107
gm-cm 8.679 × 10–4 7.233 × 10–5 1.388 × 10–2 9.806 × 10–5 1 × 10–3 1 × 10–5 1 980.665
dyne-cm 8.850 × 10–7 7.375 × 10–8 1.416 × 10–5 10–7 1.0197 × 10–6 1.019 × 10–8 1.019 × 10–3 1

■ Length (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table) ■ Force (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B inches feet cm yd mm m B lb oz gm dyne N
A A
inches 1 0.0833 2.54 0.028 25.4 0.0254 lb 1 16 453.6 4.448 × 105 4.4482
feet 12 1 30.48 0.333 304.8 0.3048 oz 0.0625 1 28.35 2.780 × 104 0.27801
cm 0.3937 0.03281 1 1.09 × 10–2 10 0.01 gm 2.205 × 10–3 0.03527 1 1.02 × 10–3 N.A.
yd 36 3 91.44 1 914.4 0.914 dyne 2.248 × 10–6 3.59 × 10–5 980.7 1 0.00001
mm 0.03937 0.00328 0.1 1.09 × 10–3 1 0.001 N 0.22481 3.5967 N.A. 100000 1
m 39.37 3.281 100 1.09 1000 1
■ Mass (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
■ Power (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table) B lb oz gm kg slug
B hp Watts A
A lb 1 16 453.6 0.4536 0.0311
hp (English) 1 745.7 oz 6.25 × 10–2 1 28.35 0.02835 1.93 × 10–3
(lb-in) (deg./s) 2.645 × 10–6 1.972 × 10–3 gm 2.205 × 10–3 3.527 × 10–2 1 10–3 6.852 × 10–5
–5 –2 3
(lb-in) (rpm) 1.587 × 10 1.183 × 10 kg 2.205 35.27 10 1 6.852 × 10–2
(lb-ft) (deg./s) 3.173 × 10–5 2.366 × 10–2 slug 32.17 514.8 1.459 × 104 14.59 1
(lb-ft) (rpm) 1.904 × 10–4 0.1420
Watts 1.341 × 10–3 1 ■ Rotation (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B rpm rad/s degrees/s
A
rpm 1 0.105 6.0 8
rad/s 9.55 1 57.30
degrees/s 0.167 1.745 × 10–2 1

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 8/5

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Appendix
Conversion tables

■ Temperature Conversion ■ Material Densities

°F °C °C °F Material lb-in3 gm-cm3
0 –17.8 –10 14 Aluminum 0.096 2.66
32 0 0 32 Brass 0.299 8.30
50 10 10 50 Bronze 0.295 8.17
70 21.1 20 68 Copper 0.322 8.91
90 32.2 30 86 Hard wood 0.029 0.80
98.4 37 37 98.4 Soft wood 0.018 0.48
212 100 100 212 Plastic 0.040 1.11
subtract 32 and multiply by 5/9 multiply by 9/5 and add 32 Glass 0.079–0.090 2.2–2.5
Titanium 0.163 4.51
■ Mechanism Efficiencies Paper 0.025–0.043 0.7–1.2
Polyvinyl chloride 0.047–0.050 1.3–1.4
Acme-screw with brass nut ~0.35–0.65
Rubber 0.033–0.036 0.92–0.99
Acme-screw with plastic nut ~0.50–0.85
Silicone rubber, without filler 0.043 1.2
Ball-screw ~0.85–0.95
Cast iron, gray 0.274 7.6
Chain and sprocket ~0.95–0.98
Steel 0.280 7.75
Preloaded ball-screw ~0.75–0.85
Spur or bevel-gears
Timing belts
~0.90
~0.96–0.98
■ Wire Gauges1)
Worm gears ~0.45–0.85 Cross-section Standard Wire American Wire
mm2 Gauge (SWG) Gauge (AWG)
Helical gear (1 reduction) ~0.92
0.2 25 24

■ Friction Coefficients 0.3 23 22

0.5 21 20
Materials μ 0.75 20 19
Steel on steel (greased) ~0.15 1.0 19 18
Plastic on steel ~0.15–0.25 1.5 17 16
Copper on steel ~0.30 2.5 15 13
Brass on steel ~0.35 4 13 11
Aluminum on steel ~0.45 6 12 9
Steel on steel ~0.58 10 9 7
16 7 6
Mechanism μ
25 5 3
Ball bushings <0.001
35 3 2
Linear bearings <0.001
50 0 1/0
Dove-tail slides ~0.2++
70 000 2/0
Gibb ways ~0.5++
95 00000 3/0
120 0000000 4/0
150 – 6/0
185 – 7/0

1)
The table shows approximate SWG/AWG sizes nearest to standard metric
sizes; the cross-sections do not match exactly.

8/6 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery

■ 1. General Provisions ■ 2. Prices

By using this catalog you can purchase products (hardware, The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of
software and services) described therein from Siemens Aktien- packaging.
gesellschaft subject to the following Terms and Conditions of The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It
Sale and Delivery (hereinafter referred to as "T&C"). Please note shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to
that the scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and the applicable statutory legal regulations.
services, including software products, by any Siemens entity
having a registered office outside Germany, shall be subject Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charge
exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the the prices valid at the time of delivery.
respective Siemens entity. The following T&C apply exclusively To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany. silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
Germany surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of
following terms and conditions apply subordinate to T&C: the raw material in question is exceeded.
• for products, which include specific terms and conditions in The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
the description text, these specific terms and conditions shall (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
apply and subordinate thereto, on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
• for installation work the "General Conditions for Erection calculation.
Works − Germany"1) ("Allgemeine Montagebedingungen − You will find a detailed explanation of the metal factor on the
Deutschland" (currently only available in German)) and/or page headed "Metal surcharges".
• for stand-alone software products and software products To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
forming a part of a product or project, the "General License and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
for Customers with a Seat or registered Office in Germany"1) To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
and/or neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
• for consulting services the "General Terms and Conditions for average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
Consulting Services of the Division DF − Germany"1) and/or received or the release order was effected is used with a one-
• for other supplies and/or services the "General Conditions for month buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and explanation of the metal factor).
Electronics Industry"1).
In case such supplies and/or services should contain Open ■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions
Source Software, the conditions of which shall prevail over the
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
"General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
of the Electrical and Electronics Industry"1), a notice will be
apply only to devices for export.
contained in the scope of delivery in which the applicable
conditions for Open Source Software are specified. This shall Illustrations are not binding.
apply mutatis mutandis for notices referring to other third party Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
software components. catalog – especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
given – these are subject to change without prior notice.
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany,
the following terms and conditions apply subordinate to T&C:
• for products, which include specific terms and conditions in
the description text, these specific terms and conditions shall
apply and subordinate thereto,
• for services the "International Terms & Conditions for
Services"1) supplemented by "Software Licensing
Conditions"1) and/or
• for consulting services the "General Terms and Conditions for
Consulting Services of the Division DF − Germany"1) and/or
•
for other supplies of hard- and software the "International
Terms & Conditions for Products"1) supplemented by
"Software Licensing Conditions"1)
1.3 For customers with master or framework agreement
To the extent our supplies and/or services offered are covered
by an existing master or framework agreement, the terms and
conditions of that agreement shall apply instead of T&C.

8
1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be
downloaded at
[Link]
terms_of_trade_en.pdf

Siemens D 23.1 · 2020 8/7

 © Siemens 2020

SINAMICS DCM
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery

■ 4. Export Regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions. (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
Export may be subject to license. We shall indicate in the third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable na-
delivery details whether licenses are required under German, tional and international (re-)export control regulations.
European and US export lists. If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
Our products are controlled by the U.S. Government (when you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all infor-
labeled with "ECCN" unequal "N") and authorized for export only mation pertaining to the particular end customer, final dispo-
to the country of ultimate destination for use by the ultimate sition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
consignee or end-user(s) herein identified. They may not be works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
resold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, to any other control restrictions existing in this relation.
country or to any person other than the authorized ultimate The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
consignee or end-user(s), either in their original form or after European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
being incorporated into other items, without first obtaining requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
approval from the U.S. Government or as otherwise authorized relevant authorities.
by U.S. law and regulations. Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
are authoritative.
Products labeled with "AL" unequal "N" are subject to
European / national export authorization. Products without label,
with label "AL:N" / "ECCN:N", or label "AL:9X9999" /
"ECCN: 9X9999" may require authorization from responsible
authorities depending on the final end-use, or the destination.

8/8 Siemens D 23.1 · 2020

 © Siemens 2020

Selection and ordering at Siemens

Industry Mall, downloading and ordering catalogs

Easy product selection and ordering: Industry Mall

Industry Mall
The Industry Mall is a Siemens AG Internet ordering platform.
It provides you with online access to a comprehensive product
spectrum that is presented in an informative, well-organized
way.
Powerful search functions help you select the required products,
while configurators enable you to configure complex product
and system components quickly and easily. CAx data are also
available for you to use.
Data transfer allows the entire procedure, from selection through
ordering to tracking and tracing, to be carried out online.
Availability checks, individual customer discounting, and
quotation preparation are also possible.
[Link]/industrymall

Downloading catalogs
Siemens Industry Online Support
You can download catalogs and brochures in PDF format from
Siemens Industry Online Support without having to register.
The filter box makes it possible to perform targeted searches.
[Link]/industry-catalogs

Ordering printed catalogs

Please contact your local Siemens branch if you are interested
in ordering printed catalogs.
Addresses can be found at
[Link]/automation-contact
 © Siemens 2020

Get more information Security information

SINAMICS DC converters Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial
[Link]/sinamics-dcm security functions that support the secure operation of
plants, systems, machines and networks.

Published by For the U.S. published by In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks
Siemens AG Siemens Industry Inc. against cyber threats, it is necessary to implement – and
continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art indus-
Digital Industries trial security concept. Siemens’ products and solutions
Motion Control 100 Technology Drive
constitute one element of such a concept.
Postfach 31 80 Alpharetta, GA 30005
91050 Erlangen, Germany United States Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized
access to their plants, systems, machines and networks.
PDF (E86060-K5523-A111-A3-7600)
Such systems, machines and components should only be
[Link].540 connected to an enterprise network or the internet if and
KG 0920 166 En to the extent such a connection is necessary and only
Produced in Germany when appropriate security measures (e.g. firewalls and/or
© Siemens 2020
network segmentation) are in place.
For additional information on industrial security measures
Subject to changes and errors. The information given in this document
that may be implemented, please visit
only contains general descriptions and/or performance features which
may not always specifically reflect those described, or which may
[Link]
undergo modification in the course of further development of the
Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous
products. The requested performance features are binding only when
they are expressly agreed upon in the concluded contract.
development to make them more secure. Siemens strongly
recommends that product updates are applied as soon as
All product designations may be trademarks or other rights of
they are available and that the latest product versions are
Siemens AG, its affiliated companies or other companies whose use
by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of used. Use of product versions that are no longer supported,
the respective owner. and failure to apply the latest updates may increase
customer’s exposure to cyber threats.
To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the
Siemens Industrial Security RSS Feed under
[Link]